TYCO-Fire Detection Catalog-Issue 5

Introduction
Welcome to Issue 5.2 of Tyco Safety Product’s Fire Product Catalogue of product available from our Letchworth UK Distribution
Centre. We aim to make your product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure you never need go anywhere else. To meet
this goal, our product specialists, with your help, have selected the most appropriate, cost effective product range all available for
next day delivery.
In line with our ISO 9000 accreditation, only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.
Our warehouse is one of the largest Fire & Security product distribution centres in
Europe. Our goal is to despatch product on the same day as we receive your
order. Our warranty and service returns policy is second to none. We recognise
that your business is highly dependant on excellence in customer service and to
help achieve this we offer extended warranty from many of our suppliers. Full credit
is also available on a “No Question – No Fuss” basis for any new in-warranty
product returned to the distribution centre.
Our training department offers comprehensive sales, design and engineering training on
our complete range of products. We recommend you take advantage of this free of
charge service. As always, training can be undertaken any time, anywhere to suit your
business needs. Contact our telephone Help Line for further information.
Tyco Safety Product’s Web site contains an endless supply of product related
information. It is regularly updated and features many aids to the selling process
including presentation material, independent product test results and detailed
technical information.
Our web site can be found at www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com
To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of product

datasheets which can give our clients an opportunity to read more about the product.
We are positive that together we can help grow your business and we look forward to
working with you in the future.
For further details on this catalogue, contact our customer telephone Help Line on
+44 1932 74 3327.
Content Page
CONTENTS
3 Tyco MX Technology
4 MX Detection Panels
16 MX Panel Components
Content Page
23 MX Panel User Interface Modules

29 MX Addressable Input/Output Modules
33 MX Ancillary Housings & Labels
36 MX Programming and Service Tools
37 MX Technology Software Applications
40 MX Graph and MX Net
46 MX Solo Detection Panels
48 Conventional Detection Panels
59 Conventional Marine Panels
62 Batteries, PSU’s and Door Release Units
65 MX Virtual Multi Sensor Detectors
71 Series 600 Conventional Detectors
76 Detector Bases and Accessories
78 Functional Detector Bases
80 Detector Ancillaries
84 Duct Probe Air Sampling
85 Vesda Aspirating Smoke Detection
92 Vesda Pipe and Fittings
95 Special Hazards
96 Flame Detectors For Hazardous Areas
101 System 800 Intrinsically
Safe Addressable Point Detection
104 System 620 Intrinsically Safe Conventional
Point Detection
110 I.S. Barriers & Housings
112 Beam and Linear Heat Detection
116 Detector Test Equipment
118 Callpoints
126 Minerva Range of Sounders
134 Minerva Firecryer Voice Sounder
136 Fulleon Range of Sounders
141 Visual Indicators
145 Auxiliary Interface Relays and
Housings
146 Miscellaneous FIre Products
147 Datwyler Fire Resistant Cable
148 Water Leak Detection Systems
Page 2 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Chapter 1- Tyco MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology brings together the latest fire detection technology from around the world into a comprehensive
international range of fire detection systems. Tyco MX Technology can be used to provide cost effective solutions on
small fire detection systems whilst also providing the features and functions required on very large commercial and
industrial sites.
Features
MX Technology
• MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor detectors
• MX DIGITAL robust & reliable high speed loop protocol
• Rapid response to fire conditions and very low false
alarms through:
• MX FASTLOGIC detection algorithms
• MX HPO detection algorithms
• MX CCO fire detection
MX Technology
Tyco MX Technology is being made available on a wide
range of internationally approved panels and systems
available from Tyco companies world-wide including:
• MINERVA MX PANELS
• MINERVA MARINE T2000 PANELS
• ZETTLER EXPERT PANELS
• MINERVA SOLO PANELS
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 3

Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX Detection Panels
Tyco MX detection panels use all the features of Tyco MX Technology to provide the latest fire detection technology
meeting the latest worldwide standards in cost-effective, expandable packages.
MX Fire Detection
Tyco MX detection panels support Tyco MX Technology: • Displays 95 character custom messages for emergency
procedures
• MX VIRTUAL Multi-sensor detectors
• MX DIGITAL high speed reliable digital protocol Tyco MX panels include advanced manager and
• MX FASTLOGIC fuzzy logic smoke detection algorithms engineer functions including:
• MX CCO universal carbon monoxide fire detection • Menu driven
algorithms
• Multi-level password protected
Tyco MX detection panels provide modular cost • Viewing 3000 event log
effective solutions: • Detailed fault reporting
• Isolate by point, zone or sector
• Networked panels from 1 to 792 detection loops • Viewing and printing status
• Powerful central loop processing functions • Viewing and printing isolated points
• Powerful and modular user interface • Manual and automatic walk test and reporting functions
• MX REMOTE diagnostics and service functions • Viewing and printing maintenance reports
• MX GRAPH graphical user interfaces • Extensive diagnostic functions including simulation and
• Designer and modular housing options force outputs
• Text and configuration changes/Automatic battery test
Tyco MX detection panels provide long term fire detection
solutions including upgrade paths from earlier panel • Detector service functions
models and a long term develop-ment strategy providing
future upgrade paths. Tyco MX detection panels include very powerful
event/action programming including:
Tyco MX detection panels include:
• MINERVA MX for EN54 LPCB approved systems • Seamless network wide event/action
• ZETTLER EXPERT for EN54 LPCB & VdS approved • 240 x 240 Output map and output sequencing
systems algorithms
• MINERVA EXPERT T2000 for Marine approved systems • Over 1500 event/action groups for the most complex
applications
• Templates for fast programming of standard applications
Tyco MX detection panels include a powerful user including:
interface: - EN54/BS5839
• 640 Character display - EN54/VdS
- EN54 Marine
• Displays first alarm and most recent alarm
• User defined templates
• Permanently displays systems status including number
• Time, date and special day programming
of alarms, number of faults, number of isolated points
• Wide range of co-incidence, double knock and delay
• Scroll function allows details of all events and status to
functions
be easily viewed
• Displays temperature, CO level and smoke level at point
in alarm

MX2 Panels
Minerva MX2 Range
The Minerva MX2 range of panels are intelligent LPCB • MX2 consists of a strong steel enclosure incorporating
EN54 compliant panels, which can be networked to a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate holds:
provide up to 396 detection loops and installed to • PSB820 5A 24Vdc battery back power supply and loop
BS5839:Pt1 2002 booster to EN54:pt.4.
• FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
The MX2 design philosophy is to have a single panel
housing that incorporates all the necessary components DIGITAL loops.
required to satisfy the most comprehensive of • CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
specifications. Additional matching ancillary housings can • Optional network card, additional loop card(s) and
accommodate a range of standard modules, adjacent to remote diagnostic modem
or remote from the main controller. • Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
There are six control panels in the range with an MX2
number that designates the number of loops, zonal LED
fitted and housing type. The panel has a removable steel front door, which
incorporates the MX user interface and optional zonal
• MX2 supports one or two MX DIGITAL detection loop LED’s. The user interface has a 16 x 40-character backlit
with up to 250 addressable devices per loop. LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
• MX2 loop panels can be expanded to four loops All mandatory operator controls are provided with LED
supporting up to 1000 addressable devices. functions including Day/Night switching. One control key
and 2 status indication LEDs are provided for site-specific
functions.
Product Codes
557.200.200 MX2-100 One loop shallow housing 557.202.021 ANN840 LED Annunciator 40 way bi-
557.200.201 MX2-200 Two loop shallow housing colour
557.200.202 MX2-110 One loop c/w LEDs shallow 557.202.022 ANN880 LED Annunciator 80 way
housing 557.202.020 COM820 Status command module 20
557.200.203 MX2-210 Two loop c/w LEDs shallow way
housing 557.202.024 PRN800 In-built thermal printer
557.200.204 MX2-201 Two loop deep housing (expansion box)
557.200.205 MX2-211 two loop c/w LEDs deep 557.201.209 MX2 Dual power supply kit
housing 557.201.211 Ancillary/expansion board mounting kit
557.200.206 MX2-R Repeater c/w LEDs and 557.201.210 Dual Power Supply mounting kit
addressable PSU shallow housing 557.202.206 MX battery expansion aperture
557.200.207 MX2-XB0 Expansion Box Shallow installation kit.
557.200.208 MX2-XB1 Expansion Box Deep 557.202.204 MX2 Battery housing
557.200.209 MX2-FB Panel/repeater flush mounting 557.202.205 MX2 Battery and Expansion Housing
bezel (65AH)
557.200.210 MX2-FBX Expansion box flush mounting 557.202.209 MX2 LCD Assembly (Spare)
bezel
557.202.007 XLM800 Loop expansion module
557.202.026 TLI800 MXNet network node
interface module

Features
• Compact
• MX Technology Digital Loop
• LPCB Approved
MX Panels
MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000

The MINERVA MX panels are intelligent LPCB EN54 The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which
approved panels, which can be networked to provide up to incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies
792 detection loops and installed to BS5839:Pt.1. with EN54:pt.2. The user interface incorporates the
ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character
• The MX1000 supports one MX DIGITAL detection loop backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad, 5
with up to 250 addressable devices. softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides
• The MX4000 supports two MX DIGITAL detection loops all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to including Day/Night switching. Two control keys and 2
1000 addressable devices. indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to
• The MX1000 and MX4000 each provide up to 240 zones the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be
of detection reversed and alternative text added.
Both panels consist of a strong steel enclosure A maximum of 1200 digital INPUT/OUTPUT points can be
incorporating a removable chassis plate. The chassis plate provided via expansion boards connected to the remote
holds: bus.
• PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply and

loop booster to EN54:pt.4
DIGITAL loops
• CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card
• Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem
• Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
Product Codes
Standard Panels Options
557.200.001 MX1000 Single Loop Panel – Shallow 557.202.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
Back Box (Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8in/16out)
557.200.020 MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow 557.202.007 XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
Back Box - DANISH expansion card
557.200.021 MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow 557.202.026 TLI-800 ThornNet & MX-NET network
Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH card
557.200.002 MX1000 Single loop panel - Flush Back 557.202.036 Remote Diagnostic Modem
Box 557.202.116 Modem Lead
557.200.003 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel – 557.202.118 MX CONSYS download lead
Shallow Back Box
557.200.022 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel -
Shallow Back Box - DANISH
557.200.023 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel -
Shallow Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH
557.200.004 MX4000 Two to Eight Loop Panel – Deep
Back Box
557.200.009 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel - Flush
Back Box

Features
• Compact
• Low Cost Option
• Rack Mounting Kit
MX Battery & Expansion/Housings

Battery & Expansion Boxes
The batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operator The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
controls and fireman’s interface are mounted in a separate to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
housing which can be mounted below the main panel or 24 I/O) or 1 x MX FILNET or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
behind the panel. The matching battery and expansion box
is available with shallow (17Ah) or deep backbox (38Ah)
according to the batteries used.
Product Codes
557.200.005 MX-BBX 17Ah shallow expansion and
battery box
557.200.019 MX-BBX-F 17Ah shallow flush expansion For Marine Applications - the following optional housing
and battery box and accessories are available.:-
557.200.006 MX-DPBX 38Ah deep expansion and
battery box. MARINE HOUSING OPTIONS
Certain popular configurations are
available with the zone LED modules pre- 557.180.406 MINERVA Marine Terminal Chamber
fitted. 557.180.454 MINERVA Marine Bulkhead Mount
557.200.007 MX-BBX-40LED 17Ah battery box with 40
zone LEDs MARINE ACCESSORIES
557.200.008 MX-DPBBX-40LED 38Ah battery box with
40 Zone LEDS. 557.180.452 MINERVA Marine 19” rack mounting kit
for use with surface mounting housings
Where no additional controls are required 557.180.022 MINERVA terminal chamber PCB
the low cost MX-BATT battery box can be assembly
used for housing up to 38Ah batteries
and IOB800 boards.
Dimension (mm) 322H x 442W x 217D.
557.200.016 MX-BATT Deep battery box
572.065 MX/ZX Rack Mounting Kit for standard
19” racks

Features
• Fully Functional
• Flush or Surface Mounting
• Fully Monitored
MX Repeaters
Minerva MX Repeaters
The MINERVA MX full function repeater is an EN54 LPCB The back box has a removable chassis plate with either
approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4 the RSM800 or the PSM800 power supply. APM800
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox addressable PSU monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the to provide 72 h backup.
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 The MINERVA MX repeater is connected to the Panel via
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A maximum of
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions 7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE repeater) can be
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2 linked to each MINERVA MX panel and can provide full
indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions. repeater functions for all panels on the system.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to
the default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can be 80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
reversed and alternative text added. IOB800 input/output modules,
or com 820 command modules.
Two power supply options are available for repeaters. The
MXR incorporates an RSM800 repeater supply module for
connection to a 24 Vdc supply. Or the MXR-PSU which
incorporates a PSM800 power supply module for
connection to a 120-240Vac mains supply and an APM800
addressable power monitor for connection to an MX
addressable loop, providing power supply monitoring in
accordance with EN54-pt.4.
Product Codes
Standard Repeaters Options
557.200.012 MXR Repeater with shallow backbox 557.202.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
(24Vdc) 557.180.005 Mimic driver module
557.200.017 MXR-F Repeater with flush backbox 557.180.016 XIOM universal I/O module
(24Vdc) 557.202.028 RSM800 PSU Module (24Vdc)
557.200.013 MXR-PSU Repeater and addressable
PSU (120-240 Vac)
557.200.018 MXR-PSU-F Repeater and addressable
PSU with flush backbox (120-240Vac)

Features
• 2 MX/ZX detection loops as standard
• Expandable to 8 loops using XLM800
• Same loop power capability of standard MX4000 and ZX4
panel/Reduces the cost of network systems
• Uses either Filnet or MXNet networks (network card
supplied separately)
• Create a system of distributed loops to reduce installation
costs
• Alarm, fault, power and system fault status display
• Single deep surface mount enclosure
MX Black Box Panels

• Integral power supply and space for 38AH batteries
• Distributed power supplies reduce cabling costs
• On board dual sounder circuits/Printer support at each
black box
• Fully featured and supported remote bus at each black
box-drive repeaters and mimic displays
• Download MX-/ZXConsys configurations from any panel or
black box on the network
MX4000 and ZX4 Black Box Panels
For situations where a networked MX TechnologyTM panel is MX4000 or ZX4 black box panels are full featured MX
not required to have a user interface an MX4000 or ZX4 TechnologyTM panels designed to be used on networked
black box panel can be used. Black box panels consist of systems in situations where a local user interface is not
steel back boxes which house the FIM, processor board, required.
power supply and optional network card and expansion
loop card. The front cover is of steel construction and has
a simple status display panel giving LED indication of
alarm, fault, power and system fault.
Technical Specification Product Codes

DIMENSIONS (mm) 640H X 440W X 230D 557.200.027 MX4000 Black Box Panel 2 loop
Aprox weight: 16Kg 542.098 ZX4 Black Box Panel 2 loop
Colour, housing &
front cover: Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A)
Operating Temp: Range -8°C to +55°C
Storage Temp: -20°C to +70°C
Relative Humidity: 95% non condensing
Supply voltage: 120 to 240 Vac
Input current: 0.8 to 1.6A
Max. charged
current: 3,8A (dependant on
standby current)

Features
• PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and
loop booster to EN54pt4
DIGITAL loops
• Optional network card and additional loop card(s)
• Optional approved Mild-Steel Enclosure
T2000 Marine Panel
MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection Panel

The T2000 is a fully Marine approved EN54 compliant 1 to The OCM800 operator control module provides all
8 loop networkable detection panel. The T2000 supports mandatory operator control keys and LED functions
two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops and can be including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2
expanded to eight loops supporting up to 1000 indication LEDs are provided for vessel specific functions.
addressable devices. The T2000 consists of a strong Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to
stainless steel or mild steel Marine approved enclosure the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be
incorporating the above stated features. reversed and alternative text added.
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, which The batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operator
incorporates a modular user interface that fully complies controls are mounted in a separate housing which can be
with EN54 pt2. The user interface incorporates the ODM800 mounted below the main panel or behind the panel. The
operator display module with a 16 x 40-character backlit battery box has a heavy duty backbox and battery clamp.
LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys. The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for up
to 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum
24 I/O) or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
Product Codes
557.200.600 T2000 Two To Eight Loop Marine Panel
(Stainless steel enclosure)
557.200.602 T2000B Battery Box
557.200.603 T2000 B80 Battery Box c/w 80 way LED
ANN880
557.200.610 T2000 Standard Two to Eight Loop
Marine Panel (Mild steel enclosure)
557.200.605 T2000 BM Battery Box
(Mild steel enclosure)
557.201.216 T2000 XLM 8-Loop Mounting Kit

Features
• Optional Approved Mild Steel Enclosure
• Fully Monitored R-Bus
T2000 Marine Repeater

MINERVA EXPERT T2000 Marine Repeater
The T2000 full function repeater is an EN54 Marine The back box has a removable chassis plate with the
approved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4 PSM800M power supply, APM800 addressable PSU
power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backbox monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72h
and cast aluminium front door which incorporates the backup.
backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 The T2000 repeater with Power Supply is connected to the
softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module provides Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A
all mandatory operator control keys and LED functions maximum of x 7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE
including Day/Night switching. One control key and 2 repeater) can be linked to each T2000 panel and can
indication LEDs are provided for vessel-specific functions. provide full repeater functions for all panels on the system.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according to The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to
the default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can be 80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,
reversed and alternative text added. IOB800 input/output modules or COM800 command
modules.
Product Codes
557.200.601 T2000R Marine Repeater with Power
Supply Unit 240Vac
557.200.604 T2000R Marine Repeater without Power
Supply Unit 24Vdc
557.200.611 T2000R Standard Marine Repeater with
Power Supply Unit 240Vac
557.200.612 T2000R Standard Marine Repeater
without Power Supply Unit 24Vdc

Features
• The ZX1 supports one Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices or 128 for VdS
certified installations.
• The ZX4 supports two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops
and can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to
1000 addressable devices or 512 devices for VdS
certified installations.
Both panels consist of a strong deep steel enclosure
incorporating two removable chassis plates. The upper
Zettler Expert Panels
chassis plate holds:

• PSB800 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and
loop booster to EN54:pt.4
DIGITAL loops
• Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem
ZETTLER Expert 1000 & 4000
The ZETTLER EXPERT panels are intelligent LPCB & VdS Control keys and LEDs are labelled in German according to
certified EN54 panels, which can be networked to provide the default VdS functionality. The slide in decals can be
up to 512 detection loops. The panel has twin strong cast reversed and alternative text added.
aluminium front doors, which incorporates a modular user
interface that fully complies with EN54:pt.2. The user The batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operator
interface incorporates the ODM800 operator display controls are mounted in the lower section of the double
module with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple housing which can take 38Ah batteries. The chassis plate
alphanumeric keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator in the battery lower section also has space for up to 2 x
control module provides all mandatory operator control IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum 24 I/O)
keys and LED functions including Day/Night switching. or a TUD800 German Fire Brigade transmission unit.
Four control keys and 4 indication LEDs are provided for The battery section can have one or two 40 way zone
site-specific functions. indicators (ANN840) mounted in the front door.
Product Codes
Standard Panels
542.080 ZX1 – 1 Loop Panel Deep
542.081 ZX4 – 2 - 8 Loop Panel Deep
Options
542.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8 in/16 out)
542.007 XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card
542.010 TUD-800 German Transmission Unit
542.025 MX-FIL FILNET network card
542.026 TLI800 MX-NET Network card
542.036 Remote Diagnostic Modem
542.008 Modem lead
542.011 MX CONSYS Download lead

Features
• Monitored Data Bus
• Matches Panel Operater Interface
Zettler Expert Repeaters

ZETTLER Expert Repeaters
The ZETTLER EXPERT full function repeater is an EN54 The back box has a removable chassis plate with the
LPCB & VdS certified repeater with optional addressable PSM800 power supply, APM800 addressable PSU monitor
EN54:Pt.4 power supply. The repeater consists of a steel and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72 h backup.
backbox and cast aluminium front door which incorporates The ZETTLER EXPERT Repeater with Power Supply is
the ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40- connected to the Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m
character backlit LCD display, simple alphanumeric distance). A maximum of 7 repeaters (including one MX
keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module REMOTE repeater) can be linked to each ZETTLER
provides all mandatory operator control keys and LED EXPERT panel and can provide full repeater functions for
functions including Day/Night switching.Control keys and all panels on the system.
LEDs are labelled in German according to the default VdS
functionality. The slide in decals can be reversed and The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to
alternative text added. 80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators
and IOB800 in/output modules.
Product Codes
Standard Repeaters
542.084 ZXF Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)
542.085 ZXFEV Repeater and addressable PSU
(120-220 Vac)
542.087 ZXFEV - UP repeater complete with
PSU-FLS (120-220Vac)
Options
542.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
542.044 RSM 800 PSU Module (24Vdc)

MX Detection Panels - Technical Specifications & System Schematics

MX Detection Panels - Designer Housing Technical Specification
Shallow Housing Flush Shallow Housing Deep Housing Marine

Dimensions (mm) 320Hx440Wx120D 380Hx500Wx120D 320Hx440Wx215D 320Hx440Wx135D
Approx Weight 7Kg 7.2Kg 8Kg 14Kg
Temperature (Storage) -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC
Temperature (Operating) -8oC to +55oC o o
-8 C to +55 C -8oC to +55oC -8oC to +55oC
Humidity up to 95% RH, Non-Condensing
Colour (Housing) Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A - 03)
MX Panel Specifications
Colour (Modules) Pantone 431C

EMC/RFI EN 50130-4
Shock EN 54-2
Vibration EN 54-2
MX2 Detection Panels Technical Specification
Panel Shallow Housing Panel Deep Housing Expansion Housing Expansion Housing
Shallow Deep
Dimensions (MM) 580H x 458W x 129D 580H x 458W x 209D 357Hx 458W x 129D 357H x 458W x 209D
Approx Weight 12.7kg 15.2kg 6.2kg 7.5kg
Temperate (storage) -20 °C to + 70°C
Temperate (operating) -5°C to +55 °C
Humidity Up to 90 % RH Non Condensing
Colour (Housing) Dawn Grey (BS4800 10A-03)
Colour (Modules) Pantone 431C
EMC/RFI EN50130-4 EN61000-6-3
IP Rating IP30

DESIGNER HOUSING SCHEMATIC

24Vdc 24Vdc Field I/O Network PC/Modem
Non-Resettable Resettable
Printer
CPU
ODM
TLI
PSB
RBus FRONT
FIM
DOOR
Loop C
MX Schematics
XLM Loop A
Loop D OCM
110-240Va.c.
Loop B
MAIN PANEL HOUSING XBus
TUD/ ANN880
IOB PSB/PSM ANN840
IOB
or COM820
MX
FILNET FRONT
DOOR
ANN880
17 or 38Ah 17 or 38Ah ANN840
MPM
or COM820
BATTERY & EXPANSION HOUSING Remote bus up to 15 addresses a combination of

up to 7 x OCM and 15 x MPM Maximum
MX2 Schematic
NETWORK
FIELD
I/O 110-240 Vac
RBUS
TLO
LOOP A DCM
XLM CPU
LOOP B PSB
LOOP C FIM
LOOP D
PRINTER NETWORK
PC MODEM 24Vdc ANN881
17AH OR 38AH 17AH OR 38AH
MAIN PANEL HOUSING FRONT DOOR

MX Panel Components
These modules provide the core components of the MX/ZX range of fire controllers, the modules include CPU, field
interface, loop expanison PSU’s and I/O boards.
Features
MX CPU800
• Full alarm and fault monitoring for up to 1000

addressable points including central loop processing of
MX Fastlogic expert algorithms
• Concurrent operation of the main user interface and 2
remote user interfaces including one remote dial up or
networked user interface
• Cause and core effect using up to 1000 input, output
groups, delay timers and logic functions
CPU Expert Central Processor

The CPU-800 provides the main processing power behind The CPU-800 contains a Data Memory (SRAM), a Program
the MX detection panels. It is a multi-layer PCB and Memory (Flash EPROM), a Configuration Memory (Flash
contains the CPU, the memory and interface electronics. EPROM) and a Boot ROM (EPROM). The use of flash
The CPU-800 plugs into the Field Interface Module EPROM allows program upgrades without the need for
(FIM800). changing chips.

32 bit Processor: Motorola 68331 557.202.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central
Data Memory SRAM: 1 MByte processor UK
Prog. Memory Flash 542.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central
EPROM: 2 MByte processor EUROPE
Config. Memory Flash
EPROM: 1 Mbyte
Boot EPROM: 64 kByte
Number of serial
Interfaces: 4
Quiescent Current: 67mA
Alarm Current: 67mA

Features
• Interfaces to CPU & XLM modules
• 3 Download/Network & Printer ports
• Up to 2 MX Loops
MX FIM800
FIM800 Field Interface Module
The Field Interface Module FIM is the main interface for The FIM incorporates a local I/O bus which allows the local
field wiring on MX detection panels and contains plug-in I/O connections to be increased by 24. A variety of I/O
field wiring terminals, inter board connectors, EMC expansion boards are available including:
protectors and filters and general I/O electronics. • IOB800 (8 in/8 out) expansion board
The FIM801 provides 1 x MX DIGITAL loop and the FIM802 • TUD800 German Transmission Unit
provides 2 x MX DIGITAL loops. Each MX DIGITAL loop
can support several kilometres of loop wiring using a The FIM includes two connections to the RBUS one for the
mixed topology using multiple loops and spurs. local user interface and one for connecting up to 15
remote addresses in the form of up to 2 x operator control
The FIM provides up to 495mA of loop power to each loop modules (OCM800) or up to 15 multi-purpose modules
to drive loop powered sounders and other loop power (MPM800).
devices. An optional plug-in additional loop cards(XLM800-
MX) provide up to 8 x MX Digital loops. The FIM provides 3 configurable external serial ports :
• Port 1 Local printer
The FIM incorporates the following local I/O connections: • Port 2 Configuration PC or remote
• 2 x reverse polarity monitored sounder outputs diagnostics and upload/download
• 2 x volt free outputs (Default alarm and fault) modem
• 1 monitored input (eg. Day/Night changeover) • Port 3 FSI open protocol or Network
• 1 emergency alarm input card/gateway (TLI-800 or MX-FIL)
• 1 unmonitored input (eg. Class Change or Tamper)
• Full monitoring of PSB800 power supply
• Ground fault monitoring

Dimensions: 25H x 105W x 196D mm 557.202.000 FIM801 field interface module with one
Weight: 156g MX loop driver UK
Power Consumption: 119mA (Quiescent - 557.202.001 FIM802 field interface module with two
excluding loops and MX loop drivers UK
operator interface) 542.000 FIM801 field interface module with one
169mA (Alarm) MX loop driver EUROPE
Relay Outputs: 30Vdc @ 2A 542.001 FIM802 field interface module with two
Monitored inputs: 10k Ohm EOL, 3KHz in parallel MX loop drivers EUROPE
RBUS: RS-485 , default 19.6kB, up 557.180.053 MX RBUS Driver chip (spare)
to 1200m
Serial Ports: RS232C, 19.6kB, up to 10m
Local I/O Expansion: Up to 2 modules, up to 24
`I/O, max. 300mm

Features
• MX Digital Loop Protocol
• Extensive Loop Protection
• Interfaced to FIM 800 module
MX XLM800
MX Loop Expansion Module

The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module fits “piggyback” style The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module controls the
onto the FIM or an existing XLM 800 and is used to: communications between the detectors (and other
• Expand the capability of the MX4000 C.I.E. two loop ancillaries) connected on the 2-wire loop circuits and the
system to eight loops controller. In addition, the addressable interface contains
• Replace the FIM loops in case of a failure on either a two line isolation circuits which protect the loop driver circuit
or four loop system. from short-circuit conditions.

Dimensions: 17.5H x 104W x 196Dmm UK EUROPE
Battery Requirements: Standby 104.3mA+loop current 557.202.007 542.007
Alarm105.3mA + loop current XLM-MX Two Loop MX Digital Expansion Card
Loop Current 495mA maximum

Features
• Drives up to 80 I/O points
• Direct Interface to Zonal Displays and other
Modules
• Interfaces to FIM Board
MX MPM800
MPM800 Multi Purpose Interface Module
The MPM800 is used to provide various expansion Up to 15 x MPM modules can be connected to each panel
capabilities via the remote bus (RBUS). The MPM800 is of which 8 can be in the form of OCM800 (including the
provided as a standalone module but is also incorporated main OCM800 user interface). One OCM800 can also be in
into the circuitry of the OCM800 operator control module to the form of an emulated user interface on a remote PC
drive the LCD display, LEDs, keyswitch and keys on the connected via the network or dial up modem.
OCM800 and the operator display module. The OCM800 The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
and MPM800 have an XBUS which can be used to drive slaved from an MPM800:
up to 80 I/O. The MPM800 also has a printer interface for
connecting to a serial or parallel printer. • Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out expansion board)
• Up to 5 x XIOM800 (16 way universal I/O board)
An additional printer driver kit is required to allow the • One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
MPM800 to drive a printer - a serial isolation module • One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic**
should be used to eliminate earth fault indications caused • One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red
by some mains connected printers. & yellow LEDs**
• Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules**
The MPM800 is mounted by plugging directly onto the

back of those items marked **

Dimensions: 25.4H x 92W x 167.64D mm UK EUROPE
Weight: 98g 557.202.012 542.012
Power Supply: 24Vdc (from PSB or PSM800) MPM800 multi-purpose interface module
Power Consumption: 35mA (Quiescent) 557.202.117 542.009
68mA Alarm – subject to I/O Serial printer cable for MPM800 or FIM800
modules fitted 557.180.052 572.039
Serial Printer Driver Kit
Communications: RS-485, up to 19.6kB
Printer Connection: Serial or Parallel

Features
• Universal Input Voltage
• Temperature Compensated
• Full Fault Monitoring
MX Power Supply Units
PSM800 and PSB800 Power Supplies

The MX power PSU800 and PBS800 supply module used Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery
for the MX/ZX Range of fire controllers based on the fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
designer housing (not MX2) is a state-of-the-art integrated provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
switch mode system power supply and battery charger, also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
which can provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop testing.
power during alarm conditions. It has a universal input
allowing operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz. The Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
power supply is approved worldwide to EN54, UL864 and 24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
Marine standards. The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The • APM800 addressable power supply monitor
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following • FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
timings: • IOB800 input/output expansion board
• 90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition
• 72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition A PSB 800K Power Expansion Kit is required to power the
The power supply provides full condition and fault XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB800) extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM800
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by the power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
PSM800). The PSB800 incorporates the LBM800 booster module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
module to provide the correct voltage levels to maximise APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the
the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol. chassis plate in the battery housing.

Dimensions: 50H x 114W x 190D mm UK EUROPE
Weight: 0.9Kg 557.200.014 542.088
Input Voltage: 120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz MXAPSU17 Boxed Addressable PSU (17Ah)
(Auto ranging) 557.200.015 542.089
Input Current: 0.8-1.6ARMS Rated Load MXAPSU38 Boxed Addressable PSU (38Ah)
Max. charge current : Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current) Options
Max. battery size 557.202.003 542.003
(24hr charge): 38Ah PSM800 Power Supply Only
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc 557.202.403 NA
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc PSM800M Marine approved power supply
Output Voltages: 24Vdc 557.202.005 542.005
(22.8 -26.4V) PSB800 Panel Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
Non-resettable: 24Vdc @ 4A 557.202.405 NA
Resettable: 24Vdc @ 4A PSB800M Marine Panel Power Supply (spare)
5Vdc @ 3A 557.202.027 572.018
Power Consumption: PSB - 90mA APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor
(quiescent & alarm) 557.202.050 NA
PSM - 65mA PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory kit
(quiescent & alarm) 557.202.040 542.045
PSB800K Power Expansion kit
557.202.043
PSB800MK Marine Power Expansion kit.
557.202.004
LBM800 Spare Loop Voltage Booster PCB

Features
• Universal Input Voltage
• Temperature Compensated
• Full Fault Monitoring
MX2 Power Supply Units

MX2 PSM820 and PSB820 Power Supplies
The MX PSM820 and PSB820 power supply modules for Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Battery
MX2 Panels is a state-of-the-art integrated switch mode fault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) are
system power supply and battery charger, which can provided. Battery voltage and charger current readings are
provide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop power during also provided to the FIM or APM for automatic battery
alarm conditions. It has a universal input allowing testing.
operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. The 24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.
PSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the following The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mounting
timings: points to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
• 90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition • APM800 addressable power supply monitor
• 72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition • FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs
• IOB800 input/output expansion board
The power supply provides full condition and fault
monitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB820) The MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit is required to power the
or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by XLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require the
the PSM820). The PSB820 incorporates the LBM800 extended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM820
booster module to provide the correct voltage levels to power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitor
maximise the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol. module, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 to
APM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the MX2
controller housing.

Dimensions: 63H x 132W x 231D mm 557.202.203 PSM820 Power Supply Only
Weight: 1.5Kg 557.202.202 PSB820 Power Supply c/w Loop Booster
Input Voltage: 120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz 557.202.027 APM800 Addressable Power Supply
(Auto ranging) Monitor
Input Current: 0.8-2RMS Rated Load 557.202.050 PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory Kit
Max. charge current: Up to 3.8A (dependant on 557.201.209 MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit
standby current) 557.201.210 Dual Power Supply Mounting KIt
Max. battery size
(24hr charge): 38Ah
Max. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc
Maximum external current:4A@24Vdc
Output Voltages: 24Vdc
(22.8 -27.3V)
Non-resettable: 24Vdc @ 2A
Resettable: 24Vdc @ 2A
5Vdc @ 3A
Power Consumption: PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
PSM - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)
Page 21
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
FB800 Fuse Board
The FB800 fuse board provides Technical Specification Product Code

terminations for 15 fused 24Vdc
Dimensions: 93H x165W x UK EUROPE
output spurs from a single 24V d.c.
80D mm 557.202.100 542.064
input. The FB800 is designed to be
Weight: 149g FB800 fuse board (15 way)
normally mounted on the PSB800 or
Input: 24Vdc (+10%/-
PSM800 power supply. The fuses
5%)
are rated at 500mA.
Output: 15 x 24V d.c /
500mA
Terminations: 2.5mm
IOB Input/Output Expansion Board

MX Panel I/O Boards
The IOB800 is an LPCB & Vds The IOB800 can be mounted in the Product Code
approved* board that provides 8 top of a battery box or repeater.
UK EUROPE
opto-isolated digital inputs and 8 x The IOB800 has two expansion bus
557.202.006 542.006
24V d.c. relay outputs for providing connectors which allow them to be
IOB800 Expansion Board and cables
I/O expansion capabilities to MX daisy chained together.
detection panels for interfacing to
other subsystems and signalling Technical Specification
devices. The IOB800 also
incorporates a connector, which Dimensions: 15H X 164W X
provides decoded signals for the 8 80D mm
inputs and 8 outputs for specialist Weight: 153g
interfacing. Power Consumption: 29mA
(Quiescent) 65mA
The IOB800 can be used to provide (Maximum)
expansion I/O to the following MX Terminations: 1.5mm
panel components:
. FIM801/802 field interface
modules (maximum 24 I/O
8IN/16OUT)
. OCM800 operator control
modules (maximum 80 I/O)
. MPM800 multi-purpose interface
(maximum 80 I/O)
TUD800 German Transmission Unit
The TUD800 is a VdS approved* Technical Specification Product Code

input/output module specifically EUROPE
Dimensions: 15H x 164W x
designed for interfacing the 542.010
80D mm
ZETTLER EXPERT panels to the TUD800 German Transmission Unit
Weight: 153g
German Fire Brigade equipment.
Power Consumption: 29mA
The TUD800 takes the place of an
(Quiescent)
IOB800 when used and is typically
65mA (Alarm)
mounted in the deep
battery/expansion box.
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway
The Filnet Gateway is an EN54 Vds Power Consumption: Product Code

approved network gateway which External interface
UK EUROPE
allows up to 64 MX Panels to be gateway type: 80 mA
557.202.025 542.025
networked onto a secure LON based Digital Outputs
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway
FILNET Network. (short circuit proof):
The MX-FIL Gateway can be Number of open
mounted in the designer battery box collector outputs: 8
on the chassis plate or the inside of Current limitation: 50 mA
the modular housing. Digital Inputs (overvolt. prot):
Number of electr.
Technical Specification isolated inputs: 8
Series resistance to the opto-coupler
Dimensions:
LED 4.7 kohm
135H x 280W x 35D mm
Input voltage range 5 - 28 V
Weight (Approx): 330g
Serial interfaces (electr. isolated):
No. Interfaces: 1
Parameters (coding plugs):
RS 232 / 422 / 485
Baud Rates: Programmable
LON-interface (incl. NIF):
No. Interfaces: 2
Parameter FTT 10 transceiver
Baud Rate: 78 kbit/s
Voltage Supply:
From control panel or external PS:
0V / +24Vdc
Monitoring with XPSUMB:
0V / +5V /
+24Vdc

MX Panel User Interface Modules

Flexible range of operator interfaces, zonal alarm & fault displays, and input/output modules.
Slide in legends available in various languages.
MX OCM800
Features
• Changeable Legends
• Fully programmable
• Optional I/O Via R-Bus
OCM800 Operator Control Module

The OCM800 is utilised by all MX detection panels and full In addition the OCM800 can drive up to 80 inputs/outputs
function repeaters to provide mandatory operator control using one of the following modules.
and LED indication functions to comply with EN54:pt.2 and
UL864. The OCM800 is fully programmable but operates in The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can be
default configurations according to the software template slaved from an MPM800:
used.
• Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out LPCB/VdS approved
Most software templates allow several of the LED’s and . expansion board)
control buttons to be programmed for site-specific • Up to 5 x XIOM (16 way universal I/O board)
functions. The LED’s and control buttons both have slide in • One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)
legends to suit the default configurations and language.
• One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic
Standard panels include the appropriate legends for their
relevant markets. • One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red & yellow
The OCM800 incorporates the functionality of an MPM800, LED’s
which allows it to drive an operator display module to • Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules
provide a complete panel user interface.
Up to 2 x OCM800 units can be connected to an MX panel
via the internal or external RBus communication port.

Dimensions: 50H x 232W x 133D mm 557.202.013 OCM800 with Minerva MX Inserts
Weight: 0.272Kg 542.014 OCM800 with Zettler Expert Inserts
Power Consumption: 35mA (Quiescent) 557.202.101 Danish OCM Fireman’s Keyswitch Assembly
36mA (Lamp test) 557.202.051 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Hungarian(PK10)
81mA (Alarm) 557.202.055 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/Italian (PK10)
Control Buttons: 7 557.202.056 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/German(PK10)
Indication LED’s: 18 557.202.057 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/French(PK10)
Communications: RS-485: RBus –Default 557.202.058 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Belgian/French(PK10)
9.2Kb 557.202.061 MX-ZX OCM800 Inserts - Polish (PK10)
Expansion Bus: MINERVA/TFX X-Bus and 557.202.063 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Spanish (PK10)
MX X-Bus 557.202.064 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Dutch (PK10)
Legends for LPCB 557.202.065 MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - Italian (PK10)
modules: UK/English, 557.202.066 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Portuguese (PK10)
Marine, 557.202.067 MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - UL (PK10)
Dutch,
Italian
Legends for VdS
modules: German,
Spanish,
Portuguse

Features
• 0-9 alpha-numeric phone style keypad
• Up and down scroll keys
• Five function keys
MX ODM800
ODM800 Operator Display Module

The ODM800 operator display module provides a powerful use the LCD display as five windows on the system.
and flexible 40 x 16 character backlit LCD display used by Window 1-Details of first detector in alarm
all MX detection panels and full function repeaters. The Window 2-Details of the most recent detector in alarm
ODM800 is used with the OCM800 to provide a fully Window 3-System Status including Alarm/Fault and Isolate
compliant and approved user interface for UL and EN54 counters
fire detection panels. Window 4-Full alarm/event details and lists including 95
character procedure plus full password controlled system
The ODM800 is powered and controlled by the OCM800 manager, service and engineering menu structure
operator control module and provides various functions Window 5-Function key legends (eg. Back, Enter, >>,<<)
according to the panel software. Standard EN54 panels

Weight: 0.361Kg 557.202.019 542.019
Power Consumption: 50mA (Quiescent) ODM800 operator display module
900mA (Alarm Backlit) 557.202.103
50mA (Alarm during mains Danish ODM 800
failure)
OCM800 to IOB800 Connection Details
OCM800 TO IOB800 CONNECTION DETAILS

ANN840 LED Annunciator
The ANN840 is a standard LED Technical Specification Product Code

annunciator user interface module UK EUROPE
Dimensions:
which can be driven from an 557.202.021 542.021
25H x 232W x 133D mm
OCM800 or an MPM800. The ANN840 LED annunciator
Weight: 177g
MPM800 can be mounted remotely
Power
or “piggy-backed” on the ANN840.
Consumption:
The ANN840 has removable legends
1mA + MPM800
for 40 zone status indicators. Each
(Quiescent)
zone can indicate RED (eg. Alarm)
85mA + MPM800 (25%
and YELLOW (eg. Fault & Isolate).
zones in alarm (Alarm))
The functionality is programmed in
340mA +MPM800 (Lamp
the MX detection panel.
MX Zonal Displays
test)
The ANN840 operates as 80 outputs
(RED & YELLOW).
ANN880 LED Annunciator

The ANN880 is a standard LED Technical Specification Product Code
annunciator user interface module, Dimensions: UK EUROPE
which can be driven from an 25H x 232W x 133D mm 557.202.022 542.022
OCM800 or an MPM800. The Weight: 177g ANN880 LED annunciator
MPM800 can be mounted remotely Power Consumption:
or “piggy-backed” on the ANN880. 1mA + MPM800
The ANN880 has 80 red LEDs (Quiescent)
numbered 1 to 80. The functionality 85mA +MPM800 (25%
is programmed in the MX detection zones in alarm (Alarm))
panel but is defaulted to zone alarm 340mA + MPM800 (Lamp
LED’s. test)
COM820 Status Command Module - 20 Way
The COM820 is a standard user Technical Specification Product Code

interface module, which can be Dimensions: UK EUROPE
driven from an OCM800 or an 25H x 232W x 133D mm 557.202.020 542.020
MPM800. The MPM800 can be Weight: 204g COM820 Status/Command Module
mounted remotely or “piggy- Power Consumption:
backed” on the COM820. The 0.267mA (Quiescent - No
COM820 has removable legends for LED’s)
20 status command functions. Each 5mA (Alarm - 25% LED’s)
function includes a command button 21mA (Lamp test)
and a red status LED. The
functionality is programmed in the
MX detection panel. Typical
applications include:
. Manual/OFF/Auto/Isolate
functions for evacuation or plant
control
. Selective isolate and evacuate
functions for fireman’s control
. Selective plant shutdown and
override functions
. Selective system delay and timer
functions
2 can be driven from 1 x MPM800.
Remote Mimics
The 80-Way Mimic allows custom- to 15 MPM800’s may be connected Product Code
made display and presentation on to the remote bus, each with a 557.180.005
panels to be incorporated in the unique address [set on-board]. The
MINERVA 80 way mimic driver
MINERVA MX addressable system. Mimic includes audible and visible
module
It is supplied as a single PCB, which warning facilities.
may be mounted in an expansion
box or on the rear of a free-standing Technical Specification
panel, as required. It may be used to Dimensions: 235H x
drive up to 80 zonal LED indicators, 190Wmm
arranged in any configuration, Operating Temp: -10°C to +55°C
together with two FIRE LEDs, one
FAULT LED and one ISOLATE LED. Storage Temp: -20°C to +65°C
These indicators can operate in the Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH
same manner as the corresponding Non-
indicators on the panel. Condensing
A remote Mimic can be connected to Power Consumption: 11mA
the MPM800’s configured as remote (Quiescent) 200mA (25% Alarm)
Mimic drivers via the remote bus. Up 800mA (Lamp Test)

Features
• 16 I/P’s or 16 O/P’s or 8 I/P + 8 O/P
• 5 per MPM800 (80 I/O points)
• Fully configurable in MX consys
XIOM I/O Module
Input/Output Expansion Cards (XIOM)

The XIOM is a 16 universal input/output expansion board.
The I/O on the XIOM can be set in banks of 8 to operate
as follows:
• LED driver outputs (10mA source)

• Relay Driver Outputs (100mA sink)
• Voltage Monitor Input (8 - 30Vdc Normal)
• Volt Free Contact inputs

Dimensions: 144H x 85W x 15D mm 557.180.016 XIOM MINERVA Input/Output Expansion Module
Operating Temp: -10 to +65°C (16 Way)
Storage Temp: -20 to +65°C
Relative Humidity: 95% RH (Non-Condensing)
Power Consumption: 11mA (Quiescent)
16in - 80mA (Max)
16out - 160mA (Max)

Desktop Printer
The printer is designed as a low • Cable feed recess Product Code

cost business printer ideally suited • Epson LQ standard terminal UK EUROPE
for mounting adjacent to the fire emulation available
557.180.239
control panel.The LQ-300+ • Parallel and serial interface
combines high performance with MINERVA printer LQ-300+
paper handling flexibility and quiet Technical Specification 557.180.220
operation. Dimensions: 159H x 366W x LQ 300+ Printer Ribbon (spare)
Features 275D mm
557.202.117 542.009
• 300 cps draft/ 90cps LQ. Weight: 4.4kg
MX FIM/MPM to serial printer lead
MX Printers
• Quiet operation Operating Temp.: 5°C to 35°C
• Lightweight and compact design Storage Temp.: -15°C to 40°C
• 9 LQ fonts
Relative Humidity: 10% to 80%
• 2 paper feed paths
RH [non-condensing]
• Convertible push/pull tractor
• Paper guide Operating Voltage: 180V to
• Auto loading 264Va.c.
• Paper park
In-Built Printer
The PRN800 Printer Kit is designed • High quality printing: 384 dots. Product Code
for use with the designer range of • 32 Columns UK Europe
MX Controllers (MX1000, MX4000 • Friction paper feed
557.202.024 542.024
and T2000). It is fitted to the front
cover of the MX battery housing and PRN 800 Printer c/w front cover
Technical Specification
is powered from the PSB 800 power module
Dimensions: 230H x 137W x 85D
supply via an FB800 fuseboard in mm 557.301.014
the MX Controller housing. Spare Paper Roll (pk of 5)
Weight: 0.38Kg
Operating Temp: +5°C to +45°C
Features
Storage Temp: -20°C to +70°C
• A thermal printer mechanism
Relative Humidity: Up to 80% non-
which ensures high reliability.
condensing
• Quiet Operation
• Lightweight and Compact Design EMC: 61000-6-3 for emissions
• High Speed Printing: 40mm per BS EN 50082-1 for immunity
second.
Remote LCD Display
The Remote LCD Repeater Module The LCD repeater must not be Product Code
is designed to provide an used in the primary fire path. It 557.200.030
independent scrolling log of system must not be used as the sole Remote LCD Repeater MKII
status at numerous points within a warning that a fire exists. (compatible with Version 4.1 and
building or site. The module above for UK/UL/Marine/Western
interfaces directly to a serial printer European Countries)
port of the MX addressable fire Technical Specification
557.202.118
panel. If a local printer is already Dimensions:
connected to the Panel’s MPM800 150H x 200W x 75D mm MX Download Lead
serial port, a second MPM800 must Material: Bayblend 557.180.152
be used. polycarbonate/ABS alloy 9-Way gender changer
Operating Temp: -10 C to +55 C 557.180.151
Features Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH RS232/422 converter for LCD
• Uses a backlit 4x20 character Non-Condensing Repeaters.
alphanumeric display. Power Supply: 200mA
• Provides an internal log of up to @24Vdc
330 events. Ext. Sounder Relay: 500mA@24Vdc
• Provides internal audible warning EMC:
of an event. Product Family Standard EN50130-4
• Allows the event log to be in respect of Conducted
scrolled. Disturbances, Radiated Immunity,
• Local internal buzzer silence. Electrostatic Discharge, Fast
• Connects to host panels RS232 Transients and Slow High Energy.
EN61000-6-3 -1 for Emissions.
port (maximum cable length
between panels and first repeater
of 15m).
• Provides an external sounder to
mimic the internal buzzer.
• Can be connected to an
unlimited number of other LCD
Repeaters by using the
RS232/RS422 converter (Up to
1200m between repeaters).

Features
The pagers:-
• Display messages sent out by the MX as displayed
on the MX LCD
• Internal log of up to 40 events
• Audible and/or vibrate warning of event
• Allows the event log to be displayed
The transmitter:-
Pagers & MX Spares
• Connects using a 9 way D type MX interface lead to MX

printer port
Pager Interface
The MX pager system is designed to provide a facility to The Type A alarm pager can display alarm/fault messages.
signal all text messages or alarm/fault messages from a The Type B maintenance pager displays all messages sent
local transmitter to the pagers. by the fire controller.
The transmitter connects to the serial printer port of an CAUTION: Before any installation is carried out, an on site
MPM800, if a local printer is connected to the controllers radio paging license must be obtained by the customer.
MPM800 serial port, a second MPM800 must be used. The Care should be taken when designing pager systems.
pager system requires a +12V d.c. connection (from a Normal practice indicates that a site survey should be done.
remote psu) and a serial port connection. If the transmitter Contact Product Management for additional advice on site
needs to be located further than 2 m from the MX Panel, surveys.
then a non-standard serial printer cable may be used, up to
a maximum distance of 14m.

Dimensions: 328H x 190W x 75D mm 557.200.029 Pager Transmitter
System operating 577.002.002 Type A alarm pager
voltage: 12 to 13.8Vdc 577.002.003 Type A maintenance pager
Effective radiated 577.002.007 Pager aerial 60 db gain up to 1km (c/w
power: 500mW mounting bracket)
Frequency range: 50-470 MHz 577.002.008 Optional feeder cable (10m long)
Channel spacing: 25KHz 659.001.022 Elmdene 12V 1A PSU in Housing
TX baud rate: 512 or 1200
Type approval ETS 300 224, MPT1383 Cert No.
13249, EC type approved to ETS
300 682 Approval No. 13331
Manual - Vol17A-2-Pager
Cables and Other Modules

Product Codes
UK EUROPE
557.201.300 542.047 557.180.209
BFP801 Spare blank user interface module designer Keyswitch assembly for use with MX2 controllers (spare)
housing blanking plate 557.180.208
557.202.116 542.008 MX2 Spare Keys
FIM Modem lead 557.201.302 542.049
557.201.305 542.052 Deep MX Designer backbox and chassis plate
Designer door complete with hinges and brackets does 557.201.306 542.053
not include blanking plates Standard MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.201.301 557.201.310 542.079
Standard MX Panel designer backbox and chassis plate Deep MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate
557.203.005 542.031 557.202.113
Set of spare keys for MX Panel PSB to FIM Cable

MX Addressable Input/Output Modules

Tyco MX TECHNOLOGY provides a large range of addressable ancillary devices which can be programmed and
tested with the MX SERVICE tool. The first group of modules to be made available are shown in detail in this
section. Other modules including intrinsically safe devices, multiple input/output devices, emergency telephone and
the MX addressable voice evacuation amplifiers and ancillaries will follow later.
APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor
MX Addressable Modules
The APM800 is an MX addressable Technical Specification Alarm Current: 0.1mA
power supply monitoring module EMC/RFI: Equal or (APM800 - 1 from loop)
which is usually used with the exceeds 0.3mA (from
PSM800/820 power supply module EN50081- 1 & PSU)
Product Code
to make an addressable power EN50130-4
557.202.027
supply. The APM800 is designed to Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC
APM800 addressable power supply
fix to studs on the top of the Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH
monitor (UK)
PSM800/820 The APM800 monitors non-condensing
572.018
the PSM800/820 for mains failure, Dimensions: 24H x 127W x
APM800 addressable power supply
earth fault, battery charger fault and 57D mm
monitor (EUROPE)
battery fault. It can reset the Weight: 0.794Kg
PSM800/820 resettable 24Vdc output Quiescent Current: 0.1mA
and initiate a battery test which then (APM800 - 1 from loop)
reports battery voltage and current to 0.3mA (from
the controller. PSU)
MIM800 Mini-Input Module (EU)
The MIM800 is a small MX Technical Specification 2.5mA (with

addressable module designed for EMC/RFI: Equal or LED)
monitoring a single input circuit. The exceeds EOL resistor: 200 Ohm
MIM800 can monitor normally open EN50081- Monitor Resistor: 100 Ohm
or normally closed inputs and 1 & EN50130-4
provides open and short circuit Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC
monitoring of the line. The MIM800 is Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH Product Code
designed for fitting in small devices non-condensing 555.800.001
such as flow switches, special Dimensions: MIM800 mini-input module (UK)
detection devices and explosion 13H x 48W x 57D mm 572.016
proof callpoints. A variant of the Weight: 100g MIM800 (EÜ) mini-input module
MIM800 is used in all callpoints and Quiescent Current: 0.25mA (EUROPE)
pullstations. Alarm Current: 0.25mA
(without LED)
CIM800 Contact Input Module (EKU)
The CIM800 is a flexible addressable Technical Specification Product Code

input-monitoring device that fits in the EMC/RFI: Equal or 555.800.002
standard ancillary housings. The exceeds CIM800 contact input monitor (UK)
CIM800 provides two inputs to EN50081- 1 & EN50130-4 572.017
current MX panels though this can be Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC CIM800 (EKÜ) contact input monitor
implemented as two separately wired Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH (EUROPE)
spurs (Style B) or as a loop (Style A). non-condensing 555.800.032
Both spur and loop input wiring can Dimensions: CIM 800 Module c/w Front Cover
be configured to monitor normally 14H x 148W x 87D mm (UK)
open or normally closed inputs. In Weight: 100g 572.020
addition both can be configured to Quiescent Current: 300µA CIM 800 Module in isolated D800
initiate an alarm or short circuit fault Alarm Current: 3mA housing (EUROPE)
message in the event of a short circuit EOL & monitor resistor: 10k Ohms
on normally open monitoring circuits.
DIM800 Detector Input Module (ADK)

The DIM800 is designed to power Series , S100 Series, H Series, 7.5mA (from ext. supply)
and monitor a circuit of low voltage S231F, S231F+, CP200, Series Alarm Current: 0.1mA (from
conventional detectors and 600Compatible Zettler detectors: loop)
callpoints. The detection circuit is M613 Series. 50mA (from
powered from an external 24V d.c. ext. supply)
supply and is reset by the MX Technical Specification Product Code
addressable panel. The DIM800 EMC/RFI: Equal or 555.800.012
monitors the external 24V d.c. and exceeds DIM800 detector input monitor (UK)
provides a fault signal if it is lost. The EN50081- 562.011
input detection circuit can be wired 1 & EN50130-4 DIM800 (ADK) detector input monitor
as one or two spur circuits (Class B), Operating Temp.: -20oC to (EUROPE)
one loop configured circuit (Class A) +70oC 555.800.042
or one 4 wire detection circuit.The Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH DIM 800 Module c/w front cover
DIM800 is designed to be non-condensing (UK)
compatible with most conventional Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 562.012
detection products. Compatibility 87D mm DIM800 Module in isolated D800
has been tested to date on the Weight: 100g housing (EUROPE)
following products: Compatible Quiescent Current: 0.1mA (from
Thorn detectors: M300 Series , M601 loop)

LIM800 Line Isolator Module

The LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator Technical Specification Product Codes
Module is designed to be used on all EMC/RFI: Equal or exceeds 545.800.004
MX addressable loops. It monitors EN61000-6-3 & EN50130-4 LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
the line condition and upon Operating Temperature: -25°C to Module UK
detection of a short circuit it isolates +70°C 572.054
the affected section whilst allowing Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
the rest of the addressable loop to non-condensing Module EUROPE
function normally. The LIM800 Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm 545.800.033
Ancillary Line Isolator Module Weight: 100g LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
ensures that on a looped Battery Requirements: Module c/w front cover UK
addressable system a short circuit Standby 80µA Max 572.055

fault cannot disable more detection Tripped 3.5mA Max LIM800 Ancillary Line Isolator
devices than would be lost on a Module in Isolated D800 Housing
conventional non-addressable EUROPE
system in accordance with BS5839
Part 1.
TM520 Timer Module
The TM520 provides an output that active, and shows a yellow LED Technical Specification
can be activated based on a delay when the timer is counting down. To Powered: 24Vdc
time. If either the key-switch on the provide a warning that the delay is Temperature Range: -10°C to +70°C
module is activated, or a predefined nearly over, the red LED and the Operating Humidity: <95% RH
event within the control panel occurs buzzer will pulse 5 minutes before Dimensions: 87H x148W x
then a timed delay (set between 10 the end of the delay . 14D mm
minutes and 2 hours 10 minutes) is The TM520 requires a separate 24V
started. When the delay reaches zero DC supply to operate. The module is Product Code
the TM520 output is activated. The not addressable and will therefore 557.180.423
unit sounds an internal buzzer and not take an address on the loop. TM520 timer module - non
shows a red LED when the output is addressable
LAV800 VdS Extinguishing Interface
The LAV800 provides an MX Technical Specification Product Codes

addressable standard VdS EMC/RFI: Equal or 572.015
extinguishing interface in a standard exceeds 61000-6-3 & EN50130-4 LAV800 VdS extinguishing interface
MX ancillary size package. Operating Temp.: -20°C to +70°C EUROPE
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH 572.025
non-condensing LAV800 Module in isolated D800
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x housing EUROPE
87D mm
Weight: 100g
Quiescent Current: 300µA
Alarm Current: 3mA
Ident. Value: 180
SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
The SIO800 Single Input/Output Technical Specification Product Codes

Module is designed to provide a EMC/RFI: 555.800.063
monitored input and a volt free relay Product Family standard EN50130-4 SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
changeover output. It consists of an in respect of Conducted (compatible with Version 2.1 and
input for monitoring the status of a Disturbances, Radiated Immunity, above)
normally open contact and a single Electrostatic Discharge, Fast 555.800.064
changeover relay contact. The relay Transients and Slow High Energy. SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
is controlled by a command sent 61000-6-3for Emissions. c/w Front Cover (compatible with
from the Minerva MX Fire Controller Operating Temperature: -25°C to + Version 2.1 and above)
via the addressable loop. 70°C
Relative Humidity: Up to 95% RH
The state of the relay non-condensing
(activated,deactivated or Dimensions: 14H x 148W x
stuck) is reported to the Minerva MX 87D mm
Fire Controller. The LED may be Weight: 105g
turned ON or OFF by the controller Quiescent Current: 0.3mA
during a relay activated condition. Alarm Current: 3mA
EOL Resister: 3k3

RIM800 Relay Interface Module
The RIM800 provides a single Technical Specification Product Codes
programmable relay output from the EMC/RFI: Equal or 568.800.003
MX DIGITAL addressable loop which exceeds RIM800 relay interface module (UK)
can be programmed for a variety of EN61000.6.3- 572.007
applications including signalling fire & EN50130-4 RIM800 relay interface module
conditions to plant, machinery, fire Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC (EUROPE)
doors, dampers & security systems. Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH 568.800.033
The RIM800 relay coil is monitored. non- RIM 800 Module C/W Front Cover
The RIM800 relay contact is rated for condensing (UK)
2A @ 24V d.c. but can be used to Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 572.021
switch mains voltage when used with 87D mm RIM800 Module in isolated D800
the HVR800. This unit has two opto- Weight: 100g housing (EUROPE)
isolated terminals specifically for Quiescent Current: 200µA
driving the HVR800. Alarm Current: 3mA
Relay contacts: 2A @ 24V d.c.
HVR800 High Voltage Relay Module

The HVR800 module is a Technical Specification Product Codes
non-addressable device which EMC/RFI: Equal or 568.800.004
allows a low current mains rated exceeds HVR800 high voltage relay (UK)
relay to switch up to 10A. EN61000.6.3 & 568.800.034
Alternatively a low voltage drive EN50130-4 HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
signal such as that provided by Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC (UK)
the RIM800 or 80 way mimic can Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH 572.008
be used to switch the integral mains non- HVR800 high voltage relay
relay via the opto-isolated input. condensing (EUROPE)
Dimensions: 26.5H x 42W x 572.022
74D mm HVR800 in isolated D800 housing
Relay Contacts: Up to 10A @ (EUROPE)
250Va.c.
SNM800 Sounder Notification Module
The SNM800 is a remote Technical Specification Product Codes

addressable sounder circuit output EMC/RFI: Equal or 577.800.005
device capable of switching sounder exceeds SNM800 sounder notification module
and speaker circuits up to 2A @ 24V EN61000.6.3 (UK)
d.c. or provide a monitored output & EN50130-4 572.009
facility for other applications. These Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC SNM800 sounder notification module
can be used in addition to the two Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH (EUROPE)
circuits provided as standard on non- 577.800.035
most MX detection panels. condensing SNM800 Module c/w Front cover
The SNM800 can support sounder Dimensions: 14H x 148W x (UK)
circuits wired as a spur (Class B – 87D mm 572.023
Style Y) or in a loop configuration Weight: 100g SNM800 Module isolated D800
(Class A – Style Z). Quiescent Current: 0.5mA housing (EUROPE)
The SNM800 can be configured with Alarm Current: 3mA
a RIM800 to provide a secure Output rating: 2A @ 24V d.c.
monitored extinguishing release EOL resistor: 27k 1/2W
solenoid control.
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module

The LPS800 provides a single Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 572.014
monitored sounder output circuit 87D mm LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder
with up to 75mA of power sourced Weight: 100g module (EUROPE)
from the MX panel. Quiescent Current: 0.93mA 577.800.041
Alarm Current: Up to 75mA LPS800 Module c/w front cover (UK)
Technical Specification continuous 572.027
EMC/RFI: Equal or Output rating: 75mA @ 24V LPS800 Module in isolated D800
exceeds d.c. max housing (EUROPE)
EN61000.6.31
& EN50130-4 Product Codes NOTE: Each MX Digital Loop can
Operating Temp: -20oC to +70oC 577.800.011 provide up to 495mA for LPS800,
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder 801SB AND 802SB.
non- condensing module (UK)
SB520 Sounder Booster Module

The SB520 sounder booster module Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH Product Codes
enables the SNM800 to drive circuits non-condensing 577.001.023
with higher currents whilst Dimensions: 14H x 148W x SB520 Sounder Booster Module
maintaining the reverse polarity 87D mm (UK)
integrity line monitoring. Weight: 100g 572.012
Output rating: 15A @ 24V SB520 Sounder Booster Module
Technical Specification d.c./10A Max. (EUROPE)
EMC/RFI: Equal or per terminal 577.001.033
exceeds Non addressable SB520 Module c/w Front Cover (UK)
EN61000.6.31 572.024
& EN50130-4 SB520 Module in isolated D800
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC housing (EUROPE)
Page 31
BDM800 Beam Detector Module - Loop Powered
The BDM800 Beam Detector Module Features Product Code

is designed to interface the FIRERAY • Power Beam detectors directly 555.800.066
50R or the 100R reflective beam from the MX Digital loop BDM800 Beam
detector to the MX Digital • Reduced wiring and installation Detector Module c/w Cover UK
Addressable Loop. The BDM800 costs 562.015
provides power from the loop, • Monitors beam detector for fire BDM 800
monitors the Fire and Fault outputs and fault Beam Detector Module Housed in
of the detector and also monitors • Inter-connection monitored for D800 Housing Europe
inter-connections for open and short open and short circuit faults
circuit faults. The BDM800 can also • LPCB and VdS approved (pend
be used with the FIRERAY 2000 ing)
active infrared beam detector. • Can be installed to BS5839 part 1

Supplied fitted in a standard double 2002
gang ancillary housing, the BDM800 • On board LED indicates polling
greatly simplifies the wiring normally and active
associated with beam detection. • Use with reflective beams
The considerable cost of providing FIRERAY 50R or 100R for greater
local power supplies that satisfy the savings on installation
stringent requirements of BS5839 • Compatible with FIRERAY 2000
part 1 is eliminated. beam detector
• Optional BTM800 beam terminal
tion module to further simplify
installation
BTM Beam Termination Module
In many cases it will be necessary to cover and has all the connections Product Code
site the BDM800 Beam Detector and components required to 555.800.067
Module some distance from the minimise installation time. BTM800 Beam Terminal Module c/w
beam detector itself. To minimise Features Cover UK
and simplify wiring in such cases an • Simplifies the wiring between 562.017
optional unit, the BTM800 beam Beam detector and BDM800 BTM 800 Beam termination module
termination module is available. The • Allows BDM800 to be sited up to housed in D800 Housing Europe
BTM800 is also housed in a 40m from the beam detector
standard double gang ancillary
MIO800 Multi-Input Output Module

The MIO800 is a general purpose • Inputs monitored for open or Boxed: 124.5 x 166.5 x 84.5mm
interface module for use with MX short circuit faults. Weight:
technologyTM fire detection systems. • STYLE B (short circuit gives an Module 70g
It allows multiple input and output alarm) or STYLE C (short circuit Boxed 271g
connections to be made between gives a fault) selectable for inputs Battery Requirements:
external equipment and the MX • Provides four digital outputs Powered from addressable loop:
Digital loop. Three input and four • All four outputs can drive a self- Standby current: 0.7mA
outputs are provided. Each input powered high voltage relay HVR800 Alarm current: 6.25mA
and output can be programmed • Two outputs have both volt free
independently using the MX Consys change over contacts and HVR Relay Contact Rating
configuration tool to provide Drivers. DC - 2A @ 24V dc
customised functionality.
Technical Specification Product Code
An IP55 rated D800 style housing is Operating Temperature 555.800.065
used as the standard enclosure -25°C to + 70°C Multi I/O Module
with the option of a DIN-rail Storage Temperature 557.201.401
mounting kit for in-cabinet -40°C to +80°C D800 Ancillary Housing
installations. Operating Humidity 557.201.303
Features Up to 95% non-condensing Din Rail Mounting Kit
• Normally open or normally closed Dimensions (HWD):
inputs Module 72 x 110 x 18mm

MX Ancillary Housings
A variety of ancillary housings are available to fit the 800 Series MX ancillaries. The standard sized modules are
mechanically compatible with all options. LPCB approvals are with the M520 double gang cover plate or ancillary
housings. VdS certification is with the Zettler ancillary box and ancillary housings. The M520 double gang cover
provides external access for the MX SERVICE TOOL to plug into the ancillary module which is mounted in the cover.
All options allow the ancillary to be programmed and tested when the cover is removed.
M520
M520 Ancillary cover for use with Product Code

800 modules. Will fit onto a MK style 517.035.007
Ancillary Housings
double gang back box. M520 Ancillary Cover
D800
D800 IP55 ancillary housing Product Code

140W x 120H x 70D incorporates 557.201.401
window to view module LED D800 IP55 Ancillary Housing
ANC-3 Ancillary Housing
ANC-3 MINERVA ancillary Product Codes

housing - for use with M800 ancillary 557.180.097.A
modules (can accommodate up to 3 ADT Branded
M800 modules). 557.180.097.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.097.Y
Tyco Branded
ANC-8 Ancillary Housing
ANC-8 MINERVA ancillary Product Codes

housing - for use with M800 ancillary UK EUROPE
modules, houses 8 modules, 557.180.096.A
expandable to 16 using the STK8 ADT Branded
stacking kit. 557.180.096.T
Thorn Branded
557.180.096.Y 572.034
Tyco Branded
STK-8 MINERVA ancillary stacking kit

for use with ANC-8 ancillary housing
557.180.095 572.036
STK8 stacking kit

QFB/2
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount (for Product Code

plasterboard etc) MK backbox for 517.035.015
use with M520 or 800 Series QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount
addressable ancillaries using
517.035.007 cover.
K2214 ALM
K2214 ALM Metal surface mount MK Product Code

Standard Back Boxes
backbox for use wilt M520 or 800 517.035.011

Series addressable ancillaries suing K2214 ALM Metal Surface Mount MK
517.035.007 cover. Includes 7 x backbox
20mm knockouts
MK K2142
MK K2142 White plastic surface Product Code

mount MK backbox for use with 517.035.010
M520 or 800 Series addressable MX K2142 White plastic surface
ancillaries using 517.035.007 cover. mount
8621C
8621C Steel flush mount MK backbox Product Code

for use with M520 or 800 Series 517.035.014
addressable ancillaries using 8621C Steel Flush Mount MK
517.035.007 cover with knockouts. Backbox
Product Code MK Ref Mounting Dimensions Knockouts Earth Screw Material
517.035.011 K2214 Surface 146x86x40mm 1x20mm rear/7x20mm sides Yes Steel
517.035.010 K2142 Surface 146x86x34mm One rear (25x35mm) N/A Plastic
517.035.014 MK862/K Flush 132x72x26mm 4x20mm rear/12x20mm sides Yes Steel
517.035.015 QFB/2 Flush/ 146x85x38mm 2 top & bottom N/A Plastic
Dry Lining

Features
• Colour coded for Easy Loop Identification
• Space for Zonal Label
• Strong Adhesive Backing
Module Address Labels

Callpoint & Ancillary Address Labels
Detectors have a special address flag for carrying the different colours to distinguish between different loops. In
address labels - detailed in the detector section. For other addition small zone labels can be fixed to the address
devices or on detectors where zone information is also labels.
required a series of address labels are available.
Numbered 1 to 250, the address labels are available in 8
Product Codes
Zone Labels
599.047.011 Zone labels - Zones 1 - 16
Address Labels
599.047.030 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop A - White
599.047.031 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop B - Yellow
599.047.032 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop C - Purple
599.047.033 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop D - Green
599.047.005 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop E - Grey
599.047.006 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop F - Blue
599.047.007 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop G - Orange
599.047.008 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop H - Red

Programming and Service Tools

The Tyco MX Service Tool is an esssential commissioning and servicing tool, providing diagnostic & programming
functions.
Features
MX Service Tool
• Read/write the detector/ancillary address

• Display date of manufacture and commissioning
• Display serial number
• Display temperature/ CO levels / smoke obscuration
• Programming of the LED
• Testing the detector remote LED and control outputs
• Perform the detector self verification test function
• Displaying detector dirtiness level
• Controlling ancillary outputs
• Reading ancillary statuses
• Power management options
MX Service Tool Product Codes

The TYCO MX SERVICE tool is a powerful and flexible tool 516.800.918 801AP MX SERVICE tool – English
for assistance in the installation, commissioning, 516.800.922 Spare ancillary programming lead -
diagnostics and service of Tyco MX detection systems. The English
MX SERVICE tool allows all MX addressable devices to be 572.006 801AP MX SERVICE tool – German
interrogated, tested and programmed. 572.030 Spare ancillary programming lead-
German
Suitable for desktop or single handed operation the MX 516.800.924 Pack of Spare Pins (Pk 10)
SERVICE tool is battery operated using standard 516.800.926 MX Service Tool PMS Dongle Parallel
rechargeable batteries. An accessory pack provides 516.800.927 MX Service Tool PMS Dongle (USB)
alternative straps, and cigarette lighter adaptor. The MX 516.800.929 PMS Programming Lead
Service tool has a finite life time after which the software
must be recharged by an MX authorised administrator.
Features
• Compact
• Organises Tools
• Sturdy Construction Protects Tools
MX Service Accessory Kit Product Codes

A carry case which contains the following items:- 516.800.923 MX SERVICE accessory kit - UK
Car Lighter Adapter 572.032 MX SERVICE accessory kit - German
Shoulder Strap
This provides space for the following:-

801AP MX Service Tool
Ancillary Programming Lead
Mains Charger

MX Technology®Software - Advanced Software

Applications for the MX Digital Fire Alarm System
MXConsys - The highly flexible and extremely powerful programming tool that has been used successfully with MX
since day one. Specially designed for MX, it is being constantly extended and improved to meet ever changing
demands
Incorporated into MXConsys is MXConsys-Express - An the benefits of an automated method of documenting your
alternative approach to system configuration that simplifies work. MXFlow does just that; it takes your MXConsys 'event
MX Configuration Software
the programming effort by automating many of the action' and transcribes it into a graphical format that is
processes. Its heart lies in a number of pre-defined comprehensive and easy to follow. It can be a valuable
templates that have been expertly designed to match a commissioning tool that saves time and effort as well as an
selection of building types. easily understood form of documentation for future service
use. Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and
The demands on users in terms of experience and training Security Website to authorised personnel. MXRemote -
are considerably reduced. MXDesigner is a sophisticated Remote communications software provides a fast and
engineering design tool that not only ensures system efficient means of diagnosis without anyone having to leave
parameters and design rules are obeyed but are key to the the office.
ordering and documentation processes. Battery
calculations, loop loading calculations, remote bus In situations where access to a site may be difficult or
parameters, system schematics and parts lists are all where an attending technician requires high level
included. The extensive use of graphics and 'drag and assistance then MXRemote is the tool for the job. Using
drop' techniques makes the system easy and quick to use. modems, MXRemote can 'dial-up' the MX Digital fire system
In addition, a design module for the intrinsically safe and once connected, becomes an integral part of the fire
MXDigital detectors and associated system 800 system, acting as a fully functional repeater. All system
components is included. Available for free download from functions are then available to the MXRemote operator.
the Tyco Fire and Security Website. MXFlow - If you have Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and Security
ever been involved in the configuration process for a Website but requires a dongle and license to operate.
complex 'cause and effect' programme, you will appreciate
Features
• Windows based
• Programs the system across multiple sub-panels
• Downloads to the system from one point
• Supports remote dial in capability
• Provides Firmware download as well as configuration
download
• Dongle protected
• Provides full project configuration printouts. Includes MX
consys express
MX Consys
MX CONSYS is a powerful Windows programming tool It also supports automatic data transfer to MX GRAPH,
which provides full system programming functions and graphical mimic and alarm management systems. MX
project configuration and issue control. MX CONSYS is CONSYS is available under document control from
used on MINERVA MX, MX2,T2000, ZETTLER EXPERT authorised personnel in the Tyco businesses.
panels.
Product Codes
UK EUROPE
557.203.001
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (parallel)
557.203.003
MX CONSYS Dongle and license (USB)
557.202.118 542.011
MX CONSYS Download lead

Features
• Facilitates remote diagnostics
• Display identical to panel view
• Remote Assistance
MX Remote and Democase
MX Remote
MX REMOTE is a Windows based software tool for remote This allows the customer or the Tyco service organisation
service and support of MX detection panels. MX REMOTE to provide remote assistance, service and limited
provides a full function fire panel repeater running on a PC configuration assistance to the installation.
either locally or over dial up telephone lines. Providing the
operator has the correct passwords MX REMOTE allows all MX REMOTE is available as a stand-alone software
operator, manager, service and engineer functions available application for Tyco service operations. Alternatively Tyco
at the panel to be provided at the PC. Safety Products are able to provide consultancy and
assistance in implementing MX REMOTE as an integrated
part of a central station and service centre system.
Product Codes
557.203.002 MX Remote dongle and license (parallel) 542.036 24Vdc MX Remote Modem (EU)
557.203.004 MX Remote Dongle and license (USB) 557.202.116 MX-FIM Modem Lead
557.202.036 MX Remote modem (BABT)
Features
• Ideal Sales Aid
• Suitable for Post Sales Training
MX Democase
An MX Panel, 801CH Detector, 801PH Detector, LED’s and
Switches mounted in a carry case and pre-configured with
demo software.

Dimensions: 360H x 600W x 290D mm 557.200.901 MX Demo Case
Input Voltage: 120-250VAC 50/60 Hz

Features
• Available in PAL or NTSC
• Details products’ features
• Well presented
MX Sales Aids
Sales Tools Video and Brochure
Product Codes
PSV001 Carbon Monoxide Low Profile detector - PSV011 Tyco MX Technology - Dutch PAL format
English PAL format PSV012 Tyco MX Technology - Spanish PAL format
PSV008 Tyco MX Technology - English PAL PSV013 Tyco MX Technology - Spanish NTSC format
format PBMX01 Tyco MX Technology Brochure - English version
PSV009 Tyco MX Technology - English NTSC PBMX01E Tyco MX Technology Brochure - Spanish version
format
PSV010 Tyco MX Technology - German PAL
format

MX Graph/MX Net
MXGraph is a fully integrated graphical and text user interface for use with MINERVA MX, MX2, ZETTLER EXPERT
and MINERVA T2000 fire panels. MXNet allows up to 98 MX panels to be networked together to provide a seamless
peer to peer system.
Features
MX Graph
• Combined text and graphics display on a single PC

• Connected to MXNet, a single system can be used to
monitor up to 98 MX fire controllers
• Designed for touch screen operation
• Simple operator controls, no Qwerty keypad required
• High resolution colour display
• Three level automatic zoom sequence available for each
point
• Overview map maintains a view of wider areas whilst
zooming into detail in the graphics window
• Procedure window provides additional text and operator
instructions for each event
• Classification of events helps to maintain a record of
activation and the causes
• Browse icons placed on maps can be used to pan across
an installation in a logical sequence
MX Graph
Whether the installation uses a single sub-panel or up to This configuration tool significantly reduces configuration
99 networked sub-panels, MXGraph provides a seamless time, increases the integrity of information and enables
integrated graphical mimic with full alarm management simple updates to the system in the future.
and panel control capability.
MXGraph can be connected to up to 98 networked MX fire
MXGraph has been designed with clear displays and panels using the LPCB approved MXNet. MXGraph will
simple controls which can be quickly and easily also be available for use with up to 64 MX fire panels
understood by an operator rather than an engineer. The networked using the LON based VdS approved FILNET.
system is designed to be used with a touch screen or MX net will support up to 5 fully operational MXGraph user
mouse and does not require the use of a Qwerty interfaces on a network plus additional units operating as
keyboard. graphical mimics. MXGraph consists of a standard
Using the secure acknowledged transfer of events, up to personal computer, that is linked onto the MXNet via a
three MXGraph systems can be used to monitor up to 96 TLI-800 network interface module. MXGraph is primarily
MX controllers connected to an MXNet. operated by either mouse or touch screen.
For an up to date specification of the latest approved PC
MXGraph uses a unique configuration tool GRAB-IT, platform, contact the Fire Product Manager.
(Graphical, AutoCad, Bitmap, Information, Transfer) to
automatically configure the system. Installation plans, MXGraph is functionally similar to Thorngraph. For full
device type and location, flood fill areas, flood fill locations, details of upgrade paths contact the Fire Product Manager.
zoom areas and zoom magnifications are all imported
from AutoCad.
Product Codes
508.020.007 Compatibility tested PC for MX & 508.020.201 Software package A for 1 network node
ThornGraph graphics terminal preloaded 508.020.202 Software package B for 2-5 network
and configured with default passwords nodes
508.020.015 17” LCD Flat Panel Touchscreen 508.020.203 Software package C for 6 or more
557.203.007 USB to RS232 converter for touch network nodes
screen monitor 508.020.204 Software package D for additional
graphics nodes on the same MXNet

MX Graph cont’d
Additional Features • Full password protection and multiple operator levels
• Remote control of MX fire controller across the
• Control icons placed on maps can be used to initiate network
actions at the MX fire controller, used to operate • Real time on line event management and historic
ancillaries such as HVAC information system
• Automatic configuration using the GRAB-IT tool, • User designed search keys can be used to generate
including Cad drawings, text messages, locations, specific and useful reports
flood fills and zoom areas • Available in English, Dutch and Spanish
MX Graph
MXGraph Typical Arrangement
Max distance between Max distance between

nodes is 1000m using nodes is 3000m using
MICC cable twisted/shielded pair
cable
TLI800
Network
Interface
TLO530 TLO530
Fibre
Fibre
Interface
Interface
Max distance between
nodes is 4000m using
fibre optic cable

Features
• Integral Touchscreen & PC
• Wall Mountable
• Adjustable wall mount
MX Graph
Wall Mountable PC with Integral 12.1” Touchscreen

Compatibility tested industrial style PC with integral 12.1” Versions available for 240 Vac or 24Vdc supply. Unit
LCD touch screen available with optional adjustable wall comes pre-loaded with Windows 2000 operation system
mount. but is not preconfigured with MXGraph.

Dimensions: 375W x 285.5H x 104.4D mm 508.020.020 Wall Mountable PC 240 Vac
Weight: 5.2kg 508.020.021 Wall Mountable PC 24 Vdc
Input Voltage: 240 Vac Version - 100-250Vac 508.020.022 Adjustable Wall Mount Bracket
24Vdc Version - 18-56 Vdc
Input Current: 7A at 24Vdc
Operating Temp: 0°C to 45°C
Humidity: 10 to 95% RH Non condensing

Features
• LPCB approved
• A peer to peer network that does not use a host or
master controller.
• 99 nodes, 99,000 points, 23,760 zone capacity.
• Bi-directional signaling.
• Open/short circuit isolation.
• Events originating at any node can be used as an input
to event/action processing of other panels to co-ordinate
MX Net
and distribute systems control.
• System can be configured in the field using MX Consys
software.
• Failure of one node does not affect any other node or
communications between nodes. In the event of multiple
failures, nodes will automatically re-generate into
independent fully functional networks.
MXNet
MXNet provides a true peer to peer communications The MXNet supports up to 99,000 analogue/addressable
interface for up to 99, MINERVA MX, ZETTLER EXPERT or points and over 49,000 digital I/0 points. The network co-
MINERVA T2000 fire controllers in any combination and the ordinates and distributes alarm annunciation and
MXGraph, graphical user interfaces. The units can be inter- supervises system operation. When connected to the
connected into a large network without the need for a host network, each MX Fire controller maintains its full stand-
or master controller. MXNet is based upon a combination of alone features, functions and capabilities.
hardware and software that allows MX fire controllers
(Nodes) to be linked together. See separate documentation for full details of MX-FILNET,
VdS approved networking alternative to MXNet.
Additional Features
• Automatic network re-configuration when a previously • The MXNet uses a token-passing, non collision
failed node is restored to the network. communication protocol for data transmission.
• Up to 3,000 metres between nodes with • "Network zones" and "sectors" allow the network
twisted/shielded cable. controllers to be configured as a single "seamless"
• System will operate on standard 2 core MICC. system.
• MX controllers may be grouped into sub-nets where • MXGraph, a P.C. based graphical user interface,
each panel is programmed to inter-act only with other connects directly on to the network.
selected controllers. • MXNet supports combinations of MICC,
• Plug-in module (TLI-800) easily connects an MX fire twisted/shielded pair cabling, fibre optic cabling, and
controller to the network. dedicated telephone line.
• Data is re-generated at each MX controller and is sent • Multiple communication topologies bus or ring.
out over the MXNet as new clean data. All degradation
in received data due to noise on a line, line attenuation,
or phase shifting is eliminated when the data is re-
generated.

TLI-800
The key hardware component that The distance between controllers Product Codes
makes the network possible is the can reach 3,000 metres at a speed 557.202.026
LPCB & UL approved network card of 38.4 Kbs using 18AWG twisted TLI-800 MXNet network node
TLI-800. The TLI-800 provides the shielded cable. interface module
electrical/mechanical means to It fits within the MX panel housing. 557.200.038
connect the components of the Later versions of the MX Panel
network to local and remote software will be compatible with TLI-800G ThornNet interface for
network signalling circuits. ThornNet and TFXNet. This uses the MXGraph PC c/w 240V PSU and
Installation of the TLI-800 is TLI/TLK530 network or the TLI-800 housing
simplified with an edge connector with different firmware. 557.180.219
that plugs onto the main processor MXGraph PC to TLK-530-G & TLI-
board of the MX controller. The TLI- 800G connection cable
MX Network Cards
800 provides RS-485 NOTE: TLK-530 and TLK530-G can

communications over a twisted be upgraded to TLI-800 and TLI-
shielded pair as a standard 800G with a firmware change.
configuration.
TLO-530
The Fibre Optics Module (TLO-530) and when using fibre optics in both Technical Specification
is used to interface one fibre optic directions of ring and bus Dimensions: 210H x 130W x
channel to the TLI-800 module. The connections. Two (2) type 62.5/125 30D mm
TLO - 530 fibre optic interface fibres between controllers (4 fibres
Weight: 460g
module converts RS-485 digital data when using redundant path star
current pulses from the TLI-800 connections) allow the interface to Input Voltage: 24Vdc
network interface module to light transmit signals at 38.4 Kbs at Product Codes
pulses. The light pulses are then distances as high as 4,000 metres
557.180.700
carried over fibre optic cabling to between controllers.
another TLO-530 where the pulses TLO 530 ThornNet/MXNet fibre
Up to two units can be fitted into a
are converted back to RS-485 digital optics interface assembly
TLO/TLD Housing which has a
data current pulses. Two TLO-530 chassis plate to accommodate the 557.180.148.A
modules are required per panel for units. TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
redundant path star connections
TLD-530
The Telephone Line Drive Module Technical Specification Product Codes
(TLD-530) is used to interface two Dimensions: 170H x 120W x 557.180.699
(2) dedicated telephone line circuits 20D mm
TLD 530 ThornNet/MXNet direct line
to the TLI-800 module. The TLD-530 Weight: 140g driver PCB
line driver module converts the RS- 557.180.148.A
485 signals received from the TLI- TLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
800 network interface module to
signals capable of being transmitted
over the telephone line circuits.
One TLI-800 supports two channels
so only one module is required per
controller for both single path and
redundant path star connections.
The interface allows for field
configured baud rates and supports
distances of up 3,000 metres. Up to
two units can be fitted into a
TLO/TLD Housing.
CCU3
The CCU3/C-MXMB provides a be used as inputs to the MX. These Product Codes
MODBUS interface to a number of contacts are controlled via WRITE 557.202.046
MX panels on an MXNet. CCU/IO commands to the MODBUS map. MX CCU3/C-MXMB
MX to MOD Bus Interface
boards may also be connected to Each CCU/IO also has 8 supervised
provide general I/O devices inputs whose tatus can be read
accessed through the MODBUS from the MODBUS map.
interface. Technical Specifications
Input Voltage 18-30Vdc
The CCU3/C-MXMB connects to MX Current 150mA at
24Vdc
panels on the MXNet via a TLI-800
Dimensions 140 x 105 x
(TPI) interface card using RS232 15mm
(PL2 socket). It connects to
MODBUS via either RS232, RS485
(default) or RS422 connection.
Another port allows up to 8 CCU/IO
boards to be connected. Each
CCU/IO has 8 relay outputs that can

Features
• Facilitates Integration of MX & Minerva Systems
• Easy Upgrade Path for MINERVA systems
MX Minerva Bridge
MX Minerva - Bridge
The MX Minerva bridge enables a mix of Minerva and MX The bridge comprises of 2 network cards and a translating
Panels anywhere on a shared network to operate as an host (CCU).
integrated system.
The MX Minerva bridge can be added to one mixed
Housed in either a MXAPSU17 or MXAPSU38 housing, the network using both Minerva and MX Nodes or it can be
MX-Minerva bridge is a translating host converting packets connected to span between two physically separated
between the Minerva format and the MX format in both network rings, one with Minerva nodes and one with MX
directions. Flexibility is provided for packet conversion in nodes.
the bridge configuration programme.

Size: 320x440x120mm (17A/H) 557.202.120 MX-Minerva Bridge Kit (17AH)
320x440x215mm (38A/H) 557.202.121 MX Minerva Bridge Kit (38AH)
Input voltage: 120-250VAC - 50/60Hz
Operating Temp: 8° to +55°C
EMC/RFI: EN50130-4

MINERVA Solo Detection Panels

MX Solo provides an entry level addressable panel with a range of available loop protocols supplied with a MX
digital Loop Technology Loop Card. This can be replaced with the universal card to support Nittan and Apollo
protocols.
Features
MX Solo Panel
• Single MX DIGITAL loop 8 to 16 zone detection panel

• EN54:pt.2 and pt.4 compliant
• Auxiliary loop power
• MX VIRTUAL detectors
• Fully programmable with front panel programming option
• Optional integral event printer
• 2 x 40 Character text display
• Pre-alarm functions
• Display of temperature, CO and smoke levels
• Supports day/night detection modes
• Optional full function repeaters
• Optional service upgrade universal loop card
Minerva Solo Detection Panels

The MINERVA SOLO use Tyco MX technology to provide systems with existing addressable detectors to be
a highly featured yet cost effective fire detection panel. upgraded to the latest panel technology and benefit for the
The MINERVA SOLO is a single loop LPCB approved service and central station monitoring offered by Tyco
EN54 compliant detection panel available in 8 and 16 zone companies.
models.
The MINERVA SOLO universal loop card currently
MINERVA SOLO panels provide a highly featured and fully supports the following protocols:
approved alternative to conventional detection systems in
small to medium multi-occupancy, commercial and • Apollo Series 90, XP95 and Discovery protocols
industrial buildings. The MINERVA SOLO also allows • Nittan AS protocol

Approx Weight: 7Kg (without batteries) 557.300.001
Temp. (Storage): -10 to +55°C MXS 8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel.
Temp. (Operating): -10 to +40°C 557.300.002 542.094
Humidity: 0 to 95% RH MXS 16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel
557.300.005
EMC/RFI: EN 50130-4
MXS8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel (Flush)
Shock: EN54-2 557.300.006
Vibration: EN54-2 MXS16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel (Flush)
Colour: Dawn Grey 557.301.006 542.106
(BS4800 10A-03) Minerva Solo MX Loop Card (Spare)
Outputs: 5 Monitored outputs 557.301.101
5A@24Vdc Solo Consys-Configuration Software Key for
Repeater Bus: RS485 Max. 1.2Km MX/Apollo/Nittan Protocol
Max.16 repeaters 557.301.012
Loop power: 495mA (standard MX loop Programming Lead for connecting a laptop to the Minerva
card) Solo
Battery Capacity: Up to 12Ah (internal) 557.300.003
MXS 8R Minerva Solo Full Function 8 Zone Repeater
Up to 17Ah (external)
without PSU
557.300.004 542.096
MXS 16R Minerva Solo Full Function 16 Zone Repeater
without PSU
557.301.007.P
MXS Loop Card for use with Apollo protocol
(Cont’d on next page)

Product Codes cont’d

UK EUROPE
557.301.007.N
MXS Loop Card for use with Nittan protocol
557.301.005 542.100
MXS/PRN Panel Mount Thermal Printer
557.301.011
MXS CPU to printer lead
557.301.014
Spare paper for Panel Mount Thermal Printer (pk5)
557.301.102
MX Solo Panel
Qwerty Keyboard for programming text descriptions into
Minerva Solo.
542.105
Adaptor for PS2 Keyboard to program text descriptions into
Solo.
- 542.107
Zettler Solo TU Module
- 542.108
Spare Key (1 pair)
Solo Detection Panel System Schematic

Max 1.2Km
220-240Va.c.
24V.d.c. 24 Vdc
Callpoint
MXS 8/16
MSR Repeater MSR Repeater
Fire output
Fault output
RIM CIM
Sounder 1
Sounder 2
Aux. output
MIM
557.301.005 SNM
MSP Printer
MX Virtual Sounders
Detector
557.301.012
Programming Lead
DIM
557.301.102
Keyboard
Callpoint
LIM
ASCII Qwerty Keyboard

Conventional
Detector
Laptop

Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Conventional Fire Alarm Panels - BS5839 and EN54

MINERVA MXC panels are the first products in a whole new family of fire detection and extinguishing controllers for
the high volume, small systems end of the world-wide fire detection market.
The product design provides a highly featured, low cost product with features incorporated to reduce installation
costs, simplify connection to central alarm monitoring stations and allow service upgrades of old installations.
Features
MXC Conventional Panel
• Approved to EN54 pt 2 & 4

• Operates with Tyco Series 600 LPCB Vds approved
detector ranges
• 2,4 and 8 zone variants
• Tyco 2-Wire sounders on the first 4 detection zones
• Supports a plug-in Central Station communicator
• Programmable mapping of detection circuits to sounder
circuits.
Installation features
• Customised zone text insert
• Surface or semi-flush mount
• Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry
• Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable
MINERVA MX Conventional Panels

MINERVA MXC is a range of low cost 2,4, and 8 zone EN54 • Non-latching fault input
detection panels incorporating the following key features • Auxiliary input for signalling fault monitoring
and functions. • Signalling fire and fault outputs (with optional
. monitoring/supervision of the connection)
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest Input/Output Expansion
standards (EN54pt4) as well as providing full battery back- An optional plug in board provides a host of inputs and
up capabilities. A re-settable power output enables beam outputs for the most complex applications. Eight zone
detectors and other devices to be powered and be reset panels are fitted with this board and the connections for
from the panel. 4 of the detection zones are made on this board, however,
• Up to 72 hours standby plus 30 minutes alarm this board will not expand a two or four zone unit into an
• 2A PSU/charger with 1.5A available for detectors, eight zone.
sounders (2x500mA) and auxiliary devices (24V 250mA)
• Space for 2 x 7Ah batteries internally • Additional fire and fault relays.
• Up to 8 x Zonal Outputs
Panel Functions • Optional remote evacuation/silence and reset inputs for
For normal operation the MXC requires no configuration. system integration
Other typical options can be easily selected on links inside
the controller. An optional advanced programming mode FIRE BRIGADE (CS) SIGNALLING AND REMOTE
changes the function of the standard user interface to ENGINEERING
allow powerful bell mapping and delay options, which are Two signalling options are available for UK Central
only normally found on much higher priced panels. Stations.
• One Man Weekly test option
• One Man Zone and Sounder walk test MXC-DIGI
• Zone Disable (Isolate) functions A plug-in digital dialler which fits inside the panel and
• Cross zoning/coincidence on Zones 1 & 2 provides fire, fire test and fault signalling.
• Bell Mapping
• Optional Sounder delays REDCARE STU
• Optional reset on auxiliary 24V This standard ADT RedCARE STU is also compatible with
the MXC panels.
Inputs and Outputs Note: REDCARE is the only LPCB approved signalling
The Detection circuits support 2-Stage alarm, Alert and solution for the UK.
Evacuate, which can be used for different sounder
responses. Whilst auxiliary inputs allow school class MINERVA MXC DEVICES
change to be configured to existing installations, signalling Branding
faults to be monitored and non-latching alarms from MINERVA MXC detection panels are supplied with multiple
landlord systems to be implemented. tyco business branding for affixing during commissioning
(Tyco, ADT, Wormald, Zettler and Thorn branding).
• Detection circuits monitored for detector removal Detectors and call-points are also available in these
• Tyco 2-Wire sounders can be installed on the detection brands.
zones 1 to 4
• Two stage alarms “Alert” and “Evacuate” Approvals
• Class change input (output follow input) The MXC range complies with EN54 pt 4.
• Non-latching alarm input

Product Codes
508.030.102 MXC104PU UK 4 zone EN54 Control 509.030.015 MXC/MXCE spare key (2 off)
panel 509.030.019 MXC Relay Card
508.030.201 MXC202PU UK 2 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54 509.030.027 Housing Extension (Metal)
panel 509.030.022 Spare MXC 202/204/208 PSU PCB
508.030.202 MXC204PU UK 4 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54 509.030.023 Spare MXC 104 PSU PCB
panel 509.030.024 Spare MXC 104/202/204/208 Display
508.030.203 MXC208PU UK 8 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54 PCB
panel
509.030.001 MXC IOP input/output expander card
509.030.005 MXC-DIGI plug-in Scantronic Minicom
MXC Conventional Panel

communicator and mounting kit.
509.030.016 MXC/MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
573.013.301 Fire RedCare STU 24V (Reqs Housing)
568.001.007 Housing for Fire RedCare STU 24V
573.013.103 Fire Test Buzzer and Key Switch
508.030.301 MXC Overlay High Level Programming
Tool

Features
• Built-in detector removal indication facility
• Available in 1 or 2 zone format
• One-man test facility
• Removable cable entry grommets
• Compact and stylish design
• Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting
• User friendly controls
• Ample termination space
CB200 Conventional Panel
• Poly carbonate enclosure

• Supplied with log book/manual
• Complies with EMC and LVD Directives
• Class Change Input
CB200 (Conventional Control Panel)

The new CB200 range of conventional fire panels, are low The cabinet back-box houses only the transformer, thus
cost - high quality panels which provide an excellent providing a virtually empty enclosure for first fix installation.
product solution to meet the differing needs of today’s A steel gland plate, removable plastic grommets and ample
diversified marketplace. space are designed to assist with cable termination. The
surface-mount electronics motherboard is fitted and
The slimline CB200 is specifically intended for use on terminated after the first fix installation and finally a terminal
simpler, low cost fire alarm installations where it currently cover completes the panel installation.
holds a dominant market position.
CB200 Panel Enhancements
The CB200 high quality - low cost conventional panel range The CB200 panel may be enhanced to provide additional
is housed in a compact aesthetically appealing facilities.
polycarbonate enclosure designed for versatility hence
allowing for surface or semi-flush mounting. The C1437 alarm module provides the facility to split and
control one alarm input into four independent, fully
Each panel in this series is”simple to install, program and monitored alarm output circuits. The C1437 has open &
operate”, as reported by satisfied installation engineers and short circuit fault monitoring on all alarm circuits (complete
critical end-users. with LED indication). Connection between the panel and
the C1437 board is monitored for open and short circuit
Technical Information faults.
The CB 200 conventional fire panel may be supplied in 1 or
2 zone format. All zones and alarm circuits are monitored Note
for open and short circuit fault conditions with detector If panel enhancements are required, the enhancement
removal facility provided as standard. The cabinet will boards must be ordered complete with suitable
house 2 x 12V 2.1 Ah batteries. enhancement enclosure and panel. Enhancement boards
Comprehensive user controls, including the ability to isolate and enclosures cannot be ordered as individual
each zone, assist in the prevention of unwanted alarms component items.
during periods of building maintenance or refurbishment. A
slide-in insert is included for clear zone identification.
Panel Dimensions
Height: 245 mm
Width: 313 mm
Depth: 92 mm
Product Codes
2500/383 CB200 1 zone conventional control Enhancement Enclosures
panel, CE Marked, space for 2Ah 2500/220 Enclosure c/w 1A PSU & space for 4 x
battery set (2 x 12V) C1437 and 2 x C1466 & 6.2AH battery
2500/384 CB200 2 zone conventional control set. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x
panel, CE Marked, space for 2 Ah 210Dmm.
battery set (2 x 12V) 2500/221 Enclosure c/w 3A PSU & space for 2 x
C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size -
Panel Enhancement Boards 380H x 600W x 210D mm.
2500/032 C1437 4 way alarm extender board. 2500/222 Enclosure c/w 5A PSU & space for 2 x
2500/034 C1466 1 x double pole relay board (1A C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size -
contacts - PCB only) 380H x 600W x 210D mm.

Features
• LPCB & ANPI (BOSEC) approved to EN54 Parts 2 and 4
• Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/Comprehensive fault diagnostics
• 8 and 16 zone Panels/4 monitored Relay outputs
• Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
• Detector removal monitoring
• 4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs/One common fault relay
• 3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone
• Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
NT Conventional Panel
• Programmable cause and effect/Programmable user
access level/Manned/ unmanned mode
• Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
• Optional fireman's interface/Optional printer/Optional
repeater units
• Optional I/O expansion board
• 16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options
NT100 Conventional Controllers
The range of NT100 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent The user interface is provided through a combination of
fire panels, which provide many of the features normally LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD
only found on more expensive analogue addressable display provides a full customer definable text display of
panels. The range of control panels are LPCB approved the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in
to EN54Pt. 2 and 4 and include many local approval alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also indicates
authorities around the world. The panels are supplied in 8 the outputs that have been activated. Each control panel
and 16 zone versions. Each detection zone can support can have up to a maximum of 3 repeaters.
up to 32 conventional detectors. Datasheet - Product Code PSF95 “NT Fire Control Panels”
Standard Fire Control Panel Standard Fire Repeater Panel

Country NT108 NT116 NT116R
U.K. 508.022.008 508.022.016 508.022.038
Spain - 508.022.019 -
Holland 508.022.010 508.022.018 508.022.044
Fire Panels with Integral Fireman’s Interface
Country NTF08 NTF16
Holland 508.022.042 508.022.043
Technical Specification Optional Product Codes

Dimensions: 320H x 430W x150Dmm The following product codes include all the optional extras
Weight: 6.3kg which can be included as part of your customer.,s
Power Supply: 198 -264Vac requirements. Additional spare parts are also included.
Quiescent Current: 50mA @ 24Vdc
Alarm Current: 1A @ 24Vdc 509.022.001 NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
Operating Temp: 0 to +40°C Included With All Panels
Operating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensing 509.022.008 PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
(Supplied one per pack)
509.022.011 NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
509.022.013 NT Flush Mount Bezel Ancillaries
509.022.021 NT/NTR/NTF CPU Board V1.9 Spare
509.022.033 NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB spare

NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board

NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board Product Code
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01 509.022.004
Expansion Board
NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver Board
NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver Product Code

NT Panel Optional Modules
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion 509.022.005

Board
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer for Product Code

use with NT & NTF Controller 509.022.007
Variants
NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board
NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board - Product Code

Supplied Fitted to the NTF And NTR 509.022.003
Controllers. Also Supports NTX-
02,03,04 Expansion Boards
NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board
NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board Product Code

for use on Special NT Controller 509.022.006
Variants only

Features
• ANPI (BOSEC) Approved/Comprehensive fault diagnostics
display/2 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
• Manual release zone - direct to stage 2
• Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors
• Detector removal monitoring/Optional Auto/Manual key
switches/Optional remote hold and abort
• 2 monitored Solenoid circuits/4 monitored Relay outputs
• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs
NTR Extinguishing Controller

• One common fault relay/Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)
• Programmable cause and effect and user access levels
• High and Low pressure monitoring
• Initial/Reserve changeover facility/Optional Door Interlock
• Optional I/O expansion board
• 16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options
NTR100 Conventional Extinguishing Controllers

The range of NTR gas release panels are state-of-the-art Stage 2 - The panel stays in Stage 2 for 30 seconds
intelligent panels, which enable a wide variety of gas (adjustable) to provide a Pre-release Warning during which
release applications to be implemented. The panel is time the HOLD or ABORT sequences can be initiated.
provided with default settings to suit most INERGEN®, Stage 3 - The panel remains in Stage 3 Gas Release for the
FM200™ and CO2 applications and can be programmed to solenoid firing time or until the release confirmation is
suit most other gas releasing applications. For compatibility received from the High Pressure Switch.
with latest standards the panel complies with all relevant Stage 4 - The panel remains in the Fire Alarm condition and
parts of EN54 part 2 and 4. The NTR panel is designed to indicates the gas released message until the system is
comply with BS7273 and can be installed to fully comply silenced and reset. Failure to receive a release confirmation
with BS5839 Pt 1 and BS6266. will initiate a fault.
System Operation (Default UK Operation) The user interface is provided through a combination of
Stage 1 - The panel stays in Stage1 Fire Alarm until the fire LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD display
or false alarm source is removed and the panel is reset or provides a full customer definable text display of the alarm
Stage 2 ensues. or fault condition whilst also displaying zones in alarm, fault
or isolate status. The display also indicates the outputs that
have been activated.
Technical Specification Optional Product Codes

Dimensions: 320H x 430W x 150D mm The following product codes include all the optional extras which can be
included as part of your customer's requirements. Additional spare parts are
Weight: 6.3kg also included.
Power Supply: 198 -264Va.c.
Quiescent Current: 50mA @ 24Vdc NTR-08 NTR-16
Alarm Current: 1A @ 24Vdc Single Area Dual Area
Operating Temp: 0 to +40°C 508.022.003 - UK
Operating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensing - 508.022.021 Dutch
Note: The NTR is compatible with the T500 range of ancillaries. 508.022.001 - Finnish
508.022.002 - Swedish
509.022.001 NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
Included With All Panels
509.022.007 PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer For Use
With All NT Controller Variants
509.022.008 PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
supplied one per pack.
509.022.011 NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants
509.022.013 NT Flush Mount Bezel
509.022.033 NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB Spare
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
T510 T525 T526 T528 T529 T561 T563 T564 E1 E3 I3 I4
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

NTR - Typical Wiring Schematic for Single Area Panels
PRESSURE SWITCHES
NTR Extinguishing Controller Schematics
Typical Extinguishing Gas Release Applications

Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Extinguishant Solenoid Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Pilot Container Solenoid
Extinguishant Initial/Reserve Schematic with Extinguishant Solenoid

Features
• Operates with Tyco 600 Series Conventional Detectors
• All zones support Tyco 2-wire sounders
• T550 supports up to 3 x T563 or T564 remote Status
Indicators
• Uniquely supports plug-in Central Station communicator
within the panel unit
• Designed to comply with BS7273 and EN54 pts 2 & 4
• Can be installed to meet the requirements of BS5839
pt1
MXCE Extinguishing Controller

• MXCE LED display replaces T530 filaments - reduces
associated maintenance and time costs
• Aesthetically pleasing design - 332W x 240H x 100Dmm
MXCE Conventional Fire Detection & Extinguishing Controller

The self-contained MXCE panel provides all the required • 2-wire sounders (on the detection zones)
monitoring and control functions to install a complete fire • Configurable release delay and solenoid pulse
detection, alarm and extinguishing system. The MXCE
T550 controller supports 4 detection zones. Coincidence Inputs and Outputs
operation is available as standard on zones 1 and 2. • 4 zones
Zones 3 and 4 can be used for extinguishing (coincidence) • First stage sounders (sounder circuit 1 and 2-wire
or as independent fire alarm zones. . sounders)
• Second stage sounders (sounder circuit 2)
The exceptionally priced T550 controller is designed as a • Mode-select Auto/Manual input
feature enhanced, aesthetically modern replacement for • Extinguishing Disable input
the current, more expensive and heavily dated T530 and • Hold button input
T520 Extinguishing panels. Additionally, the introduction of • Abort button input
2-wire sounder capability (detectors and sounders on the • High and low pressure extinguishant monitor inputs
same 2-wire circuit) to the extinguishing systems market • Manual electrical release input
will achieve significant cost and installation savings. • Signalling fault monitor
• Fire and fault relays
Installation Features • Mode select/status indication
The MXCE offers flexible mounting arrangements, with • Mimic inputs (silence/reset/evacuate)
easily removable door, multiple conduit entries and large • Door interlocks
terminations, designed specifically for simplified • Status Outputs to external equipment
installation.
• Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable MXC-DIGI
entry A uniquely designed plug-in digital dialler which
• Surface or semi-flush mount fits inside the panel and provides fire, fire test and
• Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable fault signalling.
Power Supply
The power supply is designed to comply with the latest Sounders
standard (EN54 pt4). The internal mains PSU provides all Each MXCE zone can support up to sixteen Tyco
power plus charging and monitoring of the 2 x 12V lead 2-wire sounders, which can be any combination
acid batteries (up to 7 Ah). of Tyco 602SBD sounder base units or wall
• 1.8A PSU/Charger for detection and output loads mounted Symphoni Sounders.
• Panel battery capacity - 2 x 7Ah batteries
internally
Panel Functions
• Coincidence operation zones 1 and 2
• Optional coincidence operation on zones 3 and 4
• Auto/Manual select
T510 T525 T526 T528 T529 T561 T563 T564 E1 E3 I3 I4
No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No

Dimensions: 332w x 240H x 100(mm) 508.030.502 MXCE T550 4 zone conventional
Weight: 6.8kg (inc 7Ah Batteries) extinguishing controller
Temperature: 509.030.005 MXC-DIGI Plug-in Scantronic Minicom
(Operating) 0°to 40°C Communicator and mounting kit.
Mains Voltage: 230 Vac 50HZ 509.030.016 MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)
509.030.015 MXCE Spare Key (2 off)
509.030.027 Housing Extension (Metal)

Features
• Suitable for gaseous extinguishing & pre-action
water sprinkling systems/Designed to BS7273 Part 1
• Monitored actuator/solenoid release
• Comprehensive relay signalling facilities
• Easily removable chassis/Single or Double knock
operation/Intrinsically Safe Barrier Settings.
• Adjustable pre-discharge delay/Variable discharge
configuration
Prescient II Extinguishing Controller
• Membrane facia with tactile switches

• 1 minute actuator cut off position/Zone isolate features
• 1st and 2nd Stage Relay Facilities/Metron or Solenoid
compatible/Gas Discharge & Reset Relay Facilities
• Option for inhibit silence alarms when gas is imminent
• Option for rapid buzzer pulse when gas is imminent
Prescient II (Conventional Extinguishing Controllers)

The prescient range of extinguishant panels is a powerful 1A, operate simultaneously upon “extinguishant release”.
yet user-friendly series of control panels. They are The panel can be operated in either automatic mode or
designed and manufactured to a high standard and provide manual mode. In the manual mode, the detection circuits
unrivaled value for money by offering a highly featured will continue to operate, giving first stage alarms and
panel at a lower market price. signals to ancillary equipment, but will not automatically
actuate the extinguishing systems. This mode can only be
Each panel in this series has extensive configuration overridden by the operation of a manual release unit. On
options but remains “simple to install, program and operation of the manual release, a separate or different
operate” as reported by satisfied installation engineers and sounder could be activated. In the automatic mode,
critical end-users. following a double knock situation, the release facility will
be activated at the end of the delay time period.
A comprehensive range of technically detailed, support The panel provides a 0.25 A output at 28V DC to operate
documentation relating to commission-ing, operating, interior/ exterior status indicator units. Additional outputs
maintenance and fault finding is easily available if required. are also provided for timer held and emergency abort
In addition, a complete range of compatible accessories is operated, each rated at 100mA.
available to support the series and satisfy most customer
requirements. The prescient range of extinguishing panels Eight normally - open inputs provide for remote evacuate,
is available in two variants - either as a gaseous silence alarms, system reset, lock-off input, low pressure
extinguishant panel or a pre-action water sprinkler panel. input, gas discharged pressure switch input, timer hold
Steel parts are finished in a hard-wearing epoxy paint. and emergency abort. Clean contact relays are provided
Three fully - monitored detection zones are provided. Zones for first stage signalling, second stage signalling, system
1 and 2 normally provide first stage and second stage fire reset, common fire, common fault and system discharged.
conditions to allow extinguishant discharge (double-knock Please note that in contrast to the T530, the stand alone
zones). Zone 3 is an auxiliary zone for detection only “abort” button feature is not compatible with this panel.
purposes. Zone 4 is used as a manual release zone. Panels are boxed complete with three-sticker sets allowing
user selection and application on site.
Two fully monitored alarm circuits are provided, each rated
at 1A and may have various configuration options via the
engineers’ DIL switch settings.
Two fully monitored actuator/solenoid circuits, each rated at
Panel Dimensions
Height: 370mm
Width: 325mm
Depth: 130mm
Product Codes
Prescient II Gaseous Extinguishing Panel 2500/120 Status indicator complete with manual
2500/930 Prescient gaseous extinguishing panel - release, auto/manual keyswitch, remote
2 extinguishing zones, programmable abort and timer hold; maximum load - 3
coincidence, 1 manual release zone, 1 per panel.
peripheral zone; space for 7 Ah battery 2500/051 Weatherproof 3 way status indicator;
set (2 x 12V). maximum load - 1 per panel.
Prescient Pre-Action Water Sprinkler Extinguishing Panel 2500/052 Weatherproof 3 way status indicator with
2500/045 Prescient pre-action water sprinkler key switch; maximum load - 1 per panel.
extinguishing panel - 2 extinguishing 2501/025 Manual release unit.
zones, programmable coincidence, 1 2501/028 Weatherproof manual release unit (IP65).
manual release zone, 1 peripheral zone;
space for 7Ah battery set (2 x 12v)
Extinguishing System Extras
2500/119 Status indicator; maximum load - 8 per
panel.
Extinguishing Panel Ancilliaries
T564 Extinguishing System Status Indicator and Mode Select Switch
A four way status indicator and Technical Specification Product Code

mode select keyswitch for use with Input Power 508.030.504
extinguishing controllers. In addition Supply: 24Vdc MXCE T564 Indicator Status Unit
to the indications provided on the nominal with ModeSelect Switch
T563, the T564 has a mode select Current
keyswitch and LED indicator to Consumption: 30mA
identify which units initiated the per LED
manual mode. Dimensions: 86W x 146Hmm
The T564 provides the following
Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries

features:- Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
• Clear Visual Indications T510 T564 T563
• Modern design to compliment S1700 Yes No No
all Interiors
• LED Visual Indicators NTR100 No Yes Yes
• Removable mode select key to MXCE No Yes Yes
provide
functional security
• Compatible with standard UK
double gang
electrical back boxes
T563 Extinguishing System Status Indicator
A three way status Indicator for •Clear Visual Indications Technical Specification
use with extinguishing controllers •Modern Design to compliment all Input Power Supply: 24 Vdc nominal
which provides indication of Interiors
automatic/manual mode and gas •LED Visual Indicators Current Consumption: 30mA per
released. The T563 provides the •Compatible with standard UK LED
following features:- single gang Dimensions: 86 x 86mm
electrical back boxes Product Code
508.030.503
MXCE T563 Indicator Status Unit
T510 Changeover Keyswitch
The T510 is a manual keyswitch Technical Specification EMC/RFI: CE marked

operated unit for use on Input power supply: 24Vdc nominal Product Code
extinguishing systems. The unit 526.001.016.T
allows manual changeover between Current consumption:Standby -
50mA Fault - 15mA Release - T510 Extinguishing - Main To
MAIN and RESERVE cylinder banks Reserve Changeover Unit - Thorn
and includes an OFF position that 65mA
(excluding solenoid) branded
disables the operation of the
solenoids. The T510 also provides a Fault relay: Changeover contact Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
fault relay, which monitors the 1A@30V d.c. “T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
solenoid and solenoid wiring. The Systems Control Unit” Manual - 18A-
Solenoids: Switched positive for 04-D1 “Fire Detection Manual”
T510 is provided with 2 keys. 24V
Dimensions: 196H x 196W x
90Dmm
Weight: 2 Kg
Operating Temp: -10 to +55oC
Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-
condensing
Extinguishing Door Interlock Ancillaries & T500 Series Spares

A microswitch lock keep can be Product Codes
used with a deadlock to provide a 527.001.028
signal to the T525 mode select unit Micro-switch Lock Keep & Back-
or direct to the panel to ensure that plate For Deadlock
the extinguishing system is only put 527.001.003
into Automatic mode when the door
is locked shut. Top Hat Frangible Insert (Spare)
527.001.013
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30 Frangible Washers (Spare)
“T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing 599.001.012
Systems Control Unit” Lamp 28V 60mA Used On T525
Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire Detection
Manual”
E1 E3 I3 I4
S1700 Yes Yes Yes Yes
NTR100 Yes Yes Yes Yes
MXCE No No No No

T561 Electrical Manual Release Unit
A stand alone manual extinguishant Product Code Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
release unit with selectable activation 509.030.117
and end of line resistors making the T526 T529 T528 T561
T561 Extinguishing
T561 compatible with MXCE,
Release Manual S1700 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Prescient, System 1700 and NTR
Callpoint.
Extinguishing Panels. NTR100 Yes Yes Yes Yes
MXCE Yes Yes Yes Yes
T526 HOLD & T529 ABORT Switch Unit

Extinguishing Controller Ancillaries
The T526 and T529 are large Technical Specification Product Codes
mushroom head robust push Dimensions: 71H x 71W x 526.001.019
buttons for use on any extinguishing 64D (max) mm
release system, although integral T526 Extinguishing Release Hold
Weight: 100g Button Unit - Unbranded
resistors are fitted to suit T520, T530
and NTR panels. The switch is Environmental: Designed for 526.001.020
double pole for maximum reliability. indoor use
T529 Extinguishing Abort Button Unit
These switches can be surface or - Unbranded
flush mounted using standard UK Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
style single gang electrical back “T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
boxes. Systems Control Unit” Manual - 18A-
Operation will vary according to the 04-D1 “Fire Detection Manual”
panel used. Typically on the T520
and T530 release of gas is held for
as long as the T526 HOLD switch is
depressed. If the switch remains
depressed for more than 4 minutes
in the quiescent mode then a fault
condition is raised. The T529 ABORT
switch will typically revert the system
back to Manual mode.
T528 Mechanical Manual Release Unit
These manual release units provide Technical Specification Product Codes

a robust module with a hinged flap Dimensions: 71H x 71W x 526.001.018
retained by frangible washers which 64D (max) mm
ensures that there is an audit trail T528 Mechanical Manual
Weight: 100g Extinguishing Release Unit -
following a manual release.
Environmental: IP54 Unbranded
The T528 provides access to a pull
handle which can be connected to 527.001.013
the release levers on the gas Spare Frangible Washers (Pack of
containers using wire rope. 25)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30
“T530 Fire Detection & Extinguishing
Systems Control Unit”
Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire Detection”
Weatherproof Extinguishing Indicator Units

E1 Single Red lamp unit Product Code
Single 24V d.c. red lamp labelled 540.007.001
'Extinguishing System Operated' E1 Single Red lamp unit
Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium
Surface Mount Lamp Unit
E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit Amber labelled 'Extinguishing Product Code

Heavy Duty IP67 Cast Aluminium System Automatic Control' 540.007.002
Surface Mount Lamp Unit Three Green labelled 'Extinguishing System E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit
24Vdc lamps: Manual Control' 599.001.029
Red labelled 'Extinguishing System Spare Bulb for E1/E3 24V-5W
Operated'
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit Product Codes

Sealed IP67 ABS Surface Mount 540.007.007
Lamp Unit I4 lamp unit as I3 including
Three 24V d.c. lamps: auto/manual keyswitch
540.007.006
Red labelled 'Gas Released'
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit
Amber labelled 'Auto' Technical Specification Dimensions:
Green labelled 'Manual' H(mm) W(mm) D(mm)
E1 100 100 115
E3 300 100 115
I3 230 75 75
I4 230 75 75

Conventional Marine Panels

The range of T1000 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent fire panels, which provide many of the features normally
only found on more expensive analogue addressable panels.
Features
• Developed for Vessels with less than 300 Detectors
T1000 Marine Panel

• Approved by all Major Marine Authorities
display/One common fault relay
• Comprehensive fault diagnostics
• 8 and 16 zone Panels
• Can be used with a wide range of Minerva Marine
approved Detectors
• 4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A
• 4 monitored Relay outputs
• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs
• Programmable cause and effect
T1000 Marine Fire Controller

The panels are supplied in 8 and 16 zone versions. Each zones in alarm, fault or isolate status. The display also
detection zone can support up to 32 conventional indicates the outputs that have been activated.
detectors. The user interface is provided through a
combination of LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. Datasheet - Product Code PSF96 “T1000 Intelligent Control
Panels”
The LCD display provides a full customer definable text
display of the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying

Dimensions: 320H x 430W x 150D mm 508.022.035 T1008 8 zone marine NT conventional
Weight: 6.3kg fire Controller
Power Supply: 198 -264Va.c. 508.022.036 T1016 16 zone marine NT conventional
Quiescent Current: 50mA @ 24Vdc fire Controller
Alarm Current: 1Amp @ 24Vdc 508.022.037 T1016R repeater for use with T1008 &
Operating Temp: 0 to +40°C T1016
Operating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensing
Optional Product Codes 509.022.010

The following product codes include all Spare PSU For T1000
the optional extras which can be 509.022.013
included as part of your customer's NT Flush Mount Bezel
requirements. Additional spare parts are 509.022.015
also included. T1000 Display PCB Spare
509.022.001
509.022.016
NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
T1000 CPU board V1.9 spare
Included With All Panels
509.022.024
509.022.003
T1000R CPU board V1.9R spare
NT100 4 Way Expansion Board - Support
NTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards 509.022.018
509.022.004 Class B EMC Modification Kit
NT100 16 Way Relay Output Board
(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board
509.022.005
NT100 16 Way Digital Output Driver
Board - Requires NTX-01 Expansion
Board

Features
• Lloyds approved to BS5839 part 4, ENV 1 and ENV 2
• 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 zone variants
• 230V/24V dual supply options
• A one-man test facility
• User-friendly controls
• Easily-removable chassis
• Membrane facia with tactile switches
• Removable cable-entry grommets
• Zonal and relay outputs
Precept Marine Panel
• Non-latching zone 1 feature

• Selectable pulsed/continuous sounder outputs
• For use with Marine Approved accessories
Precept Marine Fire Controller

This marine approved range is designed and manufactured Top-entry plastic grommets, bottom-rear entry plastic
to a high standard and approved by Lloyds Register to grommets (for mains) and rear-entry knockouts are
BS5839 part 4 and to Marine ENV1 & ENV2. designed to assist with cable termination. All panels are
designed for use with marine-approved detectors.
Each panel in this series offers extensive configuration All zones are monitored for both open and short circuit fault
options, in combination with simplicity of panel installation, conditions. To enable compliance with BS5839 part 1,
programming and operation. This is supported by active end of line terminators are provided to enable
comprehensive documentation relating to commissioning, detector removal to be monitored, whilst maintaining fire
operation, maintenance and fault identification. response from the remaining detectors. Two alarm circuits
are provided as standard, monitored for both open and
The precept marine panel is supplied in 2, 4, 8,16 or 32- short circuit faults.
zone formats. Panels are housed in well-designed Two changeover relay contacts operate on any fire
enclosures with partially glazed doors. Steel parts are condition and latch until reset. One non-latching
finished in durable epoxy paint. The motherboard and changeover relay contact operates on any fault condition.
display electronics are fixed to a detachable chassis, thus Zero volt open collector outputs are provided for zonal fire
facilitating a completely empty enclosure for first fix conditions and common fault. Three normally open inputs
installation. The motherboard is microprocessor-based and provide for remote evacuate, silence alarms and reset
includes all of the panel’s electronics. control.
Product Codes
Precept Marine 230V Panel Precept Marine 24V Panel
2500/774 Precept Marine 2 zone control 2500/755 Precept Marine 2 zone control panel -
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2. Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2 . Uses
Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC
12V) supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A. battery
2500/775 Precept Marine 4 zone control set (2 x12V)
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2. 2500/756 Precept Marine 4 zone control panel -
Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
12V) ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC
2500/776 Precept Marine 8 zone control supplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2. set (2 x 12V).
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x 2500/757 Precept Marine 8 zone control panel -
12V) Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
2500/777 Precept Marine 16 zone control ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2. supplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x set (2 x 12V).
12V) 2500/758 Precept Marine 16 zone control panel -
2500/778 Precept Marine 32 zone control Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Uses
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC
Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x supplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery
12V) set (2 x 12V).
2500/759 Precept Marine 32 zone control panel -
Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2. Uses
ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC
supplies.
Panel Dimensions
Size 2-4 zones 8-zones 16 zones 32 zones
Height 310mm 370mm 445mm 445mm
Width 290mm 326mm 405mm 810mm
Depth 106mm 106mm 109mm 109mm

T680 Marine Power Change Over Unit

The T680 power changeover unit derives power for the It signals main and standby supply failure signals to the
T880 and T881 control panels. The unit takes primary T88x control equipment. It also incorporates a dimming
power from the ship's AC supply and provides a standby circuit for the lamps of the controller.
supply from the ship's 24Vdc system i.e. the unit does not
charge any internal batteries. The T680 unit provides a The interface to the control panel is made with a six core
smooth changeover from primary to secondary supply and connection. The unit is approved by a variety of marine
vice-versa. authorities.
T680 Marine Change Over Unit

Operating temp: -25°C to +70°C 508.013.016 T680 Power changeover unit
Storage temp: -25°C to +70°C 509.013.026 T680 Spares kit
Humidity: 95% RH non-condensing
Mains Supply: 120/240Va.c. ± 20% Manual - UHM3 “Marine Fire Manual”
at 50/60Hz
Standby Supply: 24Vdc (must not exceed
32Vdc)
The T680 unit is normally mounted onto a bulkhead using
the H frame bracket. A bezel for 19" rack mounting is
available. The housing has two removable gland plates
(top and bottom) for cable access.
Housing is zinc plated 1.6mm thick mild steel to BS 1706
ZN3.
Finish is zinc plated and painted to P.S. 121.121.022.
Dimensions: 267H x 398W x 150D mm
Ingress Protection: IP53
Weight: 17Kg (with bracket)
13.5Kg (without bracket)

Batteries, PSU and Door Release Units

Extensive range of sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries utilising a robust sealed construction.
Sealed Lead Acid Batteries
Product Codes Voltage (V) Ah at Dimensions (mm) Height including

20h rate Length Width Height Terminals
PS-610 6 1.0 51 42 51 56
PS-1230 12 3.0 134 67 60 66
PS-1270 12 7.0 151 65 94 98
PS-630 6 3.0 134 34 60 65
PS-1212 12 1.2 97 42 51 54
PS-12650 12 65.0 348 167 178 178
PS-12380 12 38.0 197 165 170 170
PS-6100 6 10.0 151 51 94 98
PS-12170 12 17.0 181 76 167 167
PS-612 6 1.3 97 24 51 56
PS-12240 12 24.0 166 177 125 125
PS-1242 12 4.5 90 70 101 105
PS-12120 12 12.0 151 98 94 100
PS-1219 12 1.9 178 34 60 68
PS-640 6 4.5 70 47 102 108
Product Codes
PS-610 6 Volt 1.0 Ampere PS-12650 12 Volt 65.0 Ampere PS-12240 12 Volt 24.0 Ampere
hour rechargeable hour rechargeable hour rechargeable
sealed lead acid sealed lead acid sealed lead acid
battery battery battery
hour rechargeable hour rechargable hour rechargable
battery battery battery.

Door Release Equipment

Door Release Magnet
Door Release Magnet Set 240Va.c. Product Code High quality door release magnet sets complete with
518.004.004 keeper plate.
Power Supply: 24Vdc 240Vac
Weight: 0.51Kg
Door Release Equipment

Door Release Magnet Set 24Vdc Product Code Holding Force: 18Kg
518.004.005 IP Rating: IP40
Temp: -10°C to +55°C
Current: 60mA 25mA
Door Release Units
Product Code Product Code

40-103 40-104 Technical Specification - Door Release Units
Door release unit 24Vdc with keeper Door release unit
plate 240Va.c. with keeper
plate 40-103 40-104
Armature Dims: Dia 72mm x 21mm deep
Product Code Voltage: 24Vdc 240Va.c.
40-105 Hold Force: 17Kg 20Kg
Floor mounting brackets for Current: 60mA 20mA
40-103/104 Residual Magnetism: 5% 5%
Door Release Power Supply
The Transformer Rectifier is a dual such as the magnetic door retainers. Product Code
purpose, smoothed power supply The units are ideal for applications 558.004.008
providing either an energised or de- where the supply is to be energised TRR-243 3A Door Release PSU
energised output upon activation. from a remote source.
The output may be activated by
utilising a set of volt free contacts Technical Specification
from a fire or security panel, or by Input: 240Vac
providing a 12/24Vdc trigger voltage
from other apparatus. The Output: 24Vdc 3A
transformer rectifier units are Dimensions: 200H x 255W x
normally used to control the 100Dmm
operation of other 24Vdc equipment
Door Release Button
Door Release Button supplied with Product Code

surface mount backbox for manual 519.001.008
release of door magnets or DRU’s.
Door Release button

General Power Supply Units

Datasheet - Product Code PSF25 “C2400 Series Power Supply Unit”
Manual - FSSD-4.1.4.1 “Fire Detection Manual”
C Range Chargers
The C2400 series power supply Features Technical Specification

o o
equipment provides primary and • A range of chargers and housings Operating Temp: -20 C to+55 C
secondary power for fire alarm to suit different system Storage Temp.:
o o
-20 C to+70 C
systems. The power supply consists configurations
of an AC supply operated charger, a Relative Humidity: 95% RH non-
stand-by sealed lead-acid battery • May be used with both condensing
‘C’ Range Chargers and Housings
and an attractive housing. Under conventional and analogue Output Voltage: 27Vdc
normal conditions, the charger addressable fire systems
provides all the system power and • Large aluminium heatsink Product Code
maintains the battery in the charged eliminates need for unsightly
558.004.006
condition. When the AC supply fails, ventilation grills
the stand-by battery takes over. C Range charger 24V 4 Amp
• Temperature compensated output
ensures correct charging voltage
at all times
• Automatic protection for short-
circuit conditions is designed to
prevent damage
• Optional voltmeter and ammeter
Housing Type D
The housing can be supplied with an Technical Specification Product Codes

ammeter and voltmeter if required. Type D: 420H x 436W x 210D mm 558.004.013
An ‘AC supply on’ indicator is fitted.
Holds charger and up to 2 Housing Type D complete with
x 38Ah sealed batteries at meters
24Vdc 558.004.014
Housing Type D without meters
Housing Type C
The housing can be supplied with an Technical Specification Product Codes

ammeter and voltmeter if required. Type C: 290H x 416W x 160D mm 558.004.015
An ‘AC supply on’ indicator is fitted. Housing Type C complete with
Holds charger and up to 2
x 12Ah sealed batteries at meters
24Vdc 558.004.016
Housing Type C without meters

Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors

The 800 Series are addressable multi-sensor fire, smoke and heat detectors, which can be implemented as several
MX VIRTUAL detectors by the MX detection panel.
Features
MX Addressable Detectors
• Over 20 Fire Detection modes
• Tyco MX FASTLOGIC Expert Algorithms
• MX HPO detection algorithms
• Tyco CO fire detection technology
• Up to 250 detectors per loop
• Optional bi-directional line isolation with every detector
• Remote detector verification & temperature read-out
• Highly featured MX SERVICE tool
• Programmable Alarm LED with 360° viewing angle
• Optional detector locking pin
• Variety of sounder and relay detector bases
• Address flag stays with the base
• Internationally approved
801 and 811 Series Detectors

The 801 and 811 Series are designed and approved to The detectors are constructed from hardwearing Fire
EN54, the 801 Series carry land based approvals and the Resistant FR110 plastic.
811 Series also carry Marine approvals. The multi-sensor detectors are environmentally friendly.
The 812 Series are designed and approved to UL They use no radioactive parts and can be returned to the
specifications and the 814 Series to Australian SSL factory for recycling at the end of their life.
specifications. All 800 Series detectors are supplied with integral dust
The 800 Series of MX VIRTUAL detectors provide the latest covers as part of the packaging. Dust covers are retained
fire detection technology in an attractive cost effective throughout installation and removed at commissioning
package. time.
Unique design of the 801PH optical chamber provides
Installation & Service Features immunity to thrips and other small insects without the need
The 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors include a host of for metal gauze.
installation and service features which are provided to
reduce installation and service costs and reduce repair
times.
• Standard bases with multiple mounting options
speed and simplify installation
• Unique ‘park’ position for commissioning and service
procedures.
• Detector Addressing programmed from the MX
SERVICE Tool or MX Panel
• Address flag – fixed to the base to prevent mix ups
during service
• Compatible with Tyco 600 and 900 Series bases – for
easy upgrade
• Panel Auto-Config and Self learn functions – supported
by the detectors
• Detector Service functions allow 800 Series detectors to
be automatically addressed
• Full range of remote installation and service tools
• Dirty Detector Read-out can be viewed on the MX
SERVICE tool or panel.
• Serial Number and Manufacturing data is also available
from the MX SERVICE tool.
Construction & Technical Specification

The 800 Series detectors are supplied in an extremely
robust and reliable fully sealed construction, which has All
undergone stringent environmental and Marine type
testing. Electrical contacts are moulded into the plastic to
eliminate any movement.

Dimensions: Dia 109mm /43H mm Operating Temp.: See specific detector
(54mm with standard base) Storage Temp.: See specific detector
Weight: 0.124kg (Detector only) Relative Humidity: <95% non-condensing
0.192kg (Detector/Std Base) Shock/Vibration/Impact: EN54:pt.7
Power Consumption: 150µA (Quiescent) Corrosion: EN54:pt.5 and En54:pt.7
2 to 5mA (Alarm) EMC/RFI: EC Directive 89/336/EC
Loop voltage: Min. 20.0V/Max. 37.5V Outputs: Remote indicator & control
(MX Digital) output for relay and sounder bases
LED: Single red LED (function Internal memory: Total 128 bytes / 32 bytes
programmable) for service information
Material: Body, cover and base – including:
FR110 ”BAYBLEND” Fire - Detector dirty level

Resistant - Date of manufacture
Temp. Measurement: Accuracy +/-0.25°C - Date of commissioning
Resolution 2°C - Address
Detection Modes
All 800 Series detectors communicate to the MX detection time of installation and commissioning but also during the life
panel using the fast reliable MX DIGITAL loop protocol. This of the building as building usage changes.
allows each detector to operate in one or two of several
detection modes, thus allowing it to be easily optimised to the Some MX detection panels even allow the detection mode to
risk. To meet detection applications with multiple risks the be changed at different times of the day or automatically as
800PH and 800CH detectors allow two detection modes to occupancy and activity in the space changes.
operate simultaneously. As well as providing great flexibility, using only two detector
models means whole life costs are reduced by reducing
Virtual Detectors manufacturing, stocking and service stocks. This also reduces
The use of virtual detection means that installations can the number of times detectors have to be changed during the
change the detection mode without any physical change, life of the installation.
taking place. Not only can the detection be changed at the
800PH Multi-Sensor Smoke and Heat Detectors
The 800PH is a state-of-the-art provide a more responsive detector. Technical Specification

smoke and heat detector which The unique design provides Dimensions: 109dia x 43H
allows a full set of detection modes immunity to small insects and thrips mm
to be implemented in the MX without the need for a separate thirp Operating Temp.: -20 to +70oC
Storage Temp.: -40 to +80oC
detection panel to suit most smoke filter.
Relative Humidity: 95% (non
and heat detection applications. condensing)
The 800PH provides all the features Standards: EN54 pt 5,
The 800PH incorporates a unique of MX VIRTUAL detectors including EN54 pt 7
“mousehole” design optical chamber self verification, temperature and
with an unrivalled signal to noise smoke level indication and unrivalled
ratio providing high resilience to dust service functions.
and dirt which means reduced 801PH 811PH
service costs. In addition a unique Optical Yes* Yes*
chamber cover actually draws slow Enhanced Optical (HPO) Yes* Yes*
moving smoke into the chamber to Normal Ambient ROR A1R A1R
Fixed Heat A2S 60oC A2S 60oC
Certification LPCB/VdS Marine
* Approved with MX Fastlogic algorithms
Product Code
Branding ADT THORN WORMALD ZETTLER TYCO
801PH 516.800.500.A 516.800.500.T 516.800.500.W 562.000 516.800.500.Y
811PH 516.800.507
800F Flame Detectors
The 800F is a digital addressable, Technical Specification Product Codes

low cost infrared flame detector with Dimensions (mm): 108 x 21.2 516.800.006
some high end features such as Weight: 74g 801F LPCB
‘Solar Blind’ operation for false alarm Operation Temp: -20°C to 516.800.007
free reliability and an automatic +70°C 811F Marine
health check feature. Will detect a Storage Temperature: -40°C to
0.1m2 flaming fire at a range of 20m. +80°C
Uses the standard MX detector Relative Humidity: 90% RH
bases and MX base accessories. An continuous (non-condensing)
Intrinsically safe version is available Range: 0.1m2n-heptane at 50m
as part of the System 800 I.S. range. Field of View:100°
Standards EN54 pt10 Certification

800CH Multi-Sensor Carbon Monoxide Fire Detectors
The 800CH is a state-of-the-art temperature detection. Product Codes

carbon monoxide and heat detector The 800CH provides all the features 801CH
which allows a full set of detection of MX VIRTUAL detectors including 516.800.501A ADT
modes to be implemented in the MX self verification, temperature and CO 516.800.501T THORN
detection panel to suit most fire and level indication and unrivalled 516.800.501W WORMALD
heat detection applications. The service functions. 562.001 ZETTLER
800CH is particularly well suited to 516.800.501Y TYCO
sleeping risks, storage areas and Technical Specification
applications where smoke detector Dimensions: 109dia x 43H 811CH
positioning is difficult or where mm 516.800.508T THORN
smoke detectors are prone to false Operating Temp.: 0 to +55oC
alarm. Storage Temp.: -20 to +55oC
The integration of heat detection into Relative Humidity: 95% (non
the 800CH allows the detector to condensing)
operate in a wide variety of Standards: EN54 pt 5
applications where combined risks EN54 pt 7
mean that CO detection alone would 801CH 811CH
be insufficient. Carbon Monoxide Yes Yes
The 800CH incorporates a reliable Enhanced CO (CCO) Yes Yes
electro-chemical CO detection cell Normal Ambient ROR A1R A1R
and high specification low thermal Fixed Heat A2S 60oC A2S 60oC
mass thermistor for accurate CCO plus ROR (A1R) Yes Yes
Certification LPCB Marine
800H Heat Detectors
The 800H is a flexible cost-effective Technical Specification Product Codes

addressable heat detector with all Dimensions: 109dia x 43H 801H
the features of MX VIRTUAL mm 516.800.502.A ADT
detectors. The 800H returns the Operating temp.: -25 to +70°C 516.800.502.T THORN
temperature to the MX detection (-40 to +90°C 516.800.502.W WORMALD
panel which allows various detection for short 562.002 ZETTLER
modes to be implemented. The 800H periods) 516.800.502.Y TYCO
uses a high quality thermistor with Storage temp.: -40 to +80°C 811H
very low thermal mass. This allows Standards: EN54:pt.5 516.800.509 THORN
the detectors to provide fast accurate
temperature detection as well as 801H 811H
heat detection. High Ambient ROR CR CR
Normal Ambient ROR A1R A1R
Fixed Heat A2S 60°C A2S 60°C
Certification LPCB/VdS Marine
800I Ionisation Smoke Sensors
The 800I ionisation detectors are Technical Specification Product Codes

offered for old specifications which Dimensions: 109dia x 43H 801I
still call for ionisation smoke mm 516.800.515.A ADT
detectors. The 800CH and 800PH Operating Temp.: -20 to +70°C 516.800.515.T THORN
detectors offer improved Storage Temp.: -40 to +80°C 516.800.515.W Wormald
performance, significantly lower false Relative Humidity: <95% (non 562.003 ZETTLER
alarms and environmental condensing) 516.800.515.Y TYCO
compatibility for smoke detection Standards: EN54 pt 7
applications. The 800I nevertheless
offers state-of-the-art ionisation
smoke detection with self verification,
smoke level indication and threshold
compensation for detector condition
monitoring. The 801I is LPCB
approved.
Line Shorting Adaptor
Low profile line shorting adaptor Product Codes

commissioning tool (shorts terminals 517.050.002.A
together enabling cable resistance
checks to be carried out) - ADT Line Shorting Adapter
Branded 562.004
Zettler Brand

Features
• Combined optical, heat and carbon monoxide detector
• Operate simultaneously as a fire and CO toxic gas
detector
• Early detection of all fire types from smouldering to fast
flaming
• Minerva® Expert algorithms use elements for positive
false alarm detection
• Optical, CO and Heat can operate independently for
sequential alarm systems and CO toxic gas alert
801PC Multi-Sensor
• All 3 elements are independently monitored for faults

• Universal mode for maximum fire protection
• Resilient mode for false free operation in challenging
environments
• Use with standard or loop powered sounder base for
reduced installation costs
801PC Multi-Sensor Smoke, Heat and Carbon Monoxide Detector

The 801PC detector is a combined optical, carbon Heat Sensing Element
monoxide and heat detector for use with MX Technology® High quality thermistor with very low thermal mass for
controllers. The 801PC can be used in combination with added responsiveness.
other MX Technology® detectors with a maximum total of
250 detectors connected to a single 2 wire MXDigital loop. Optical Chamber
The optical chamber has many advanced features that
Single-Mode and Multi-Mode Operation improve performance and reliability.
Each individual 801PC detector will be operating in either High intensity, short pulse width infrared light source for
single-mode or multi-mode. This will be set at the time of heightened responsiveness.
commissioning for each 801PC detector dependant on the Optical feedback will verify the total optical path on every
application. poll of the detector.
Precision optics eliminate nuisance from small insects
Single-Mode such as thrips, without the need for a filter.
As a single mode detector the 801PC uses a single
address. All the user control features currently applicable Carbon Monoxide Cell
to other detectors can also be used with 801PC. This High efficiency electro-chemical CO detection cell
includes the ability to switch between modes, either Cell integrity is continuously monitored
automatically or manually. Increased cell capacity for durability
Cell is electronically calibrated for IS07240.6 fire
Multi-Mode applications or EN50291 toxic gas applications
As a multi-mode device the 801PC takes three addresses
form the available 1000 per MX/ZX panel. The choice of
modes used in multi-point will depend on the application.
As far as the user is concerned, each address is an
individual detector with its own attributes and settings. The
user can also switch between modes for each of the
addresses used.

Mechanical 516.800.800 801PC Unbranded
Detector Material FR110 "Bayblend" Fire resistant 516.800.800.A 801PC ADT branded
Weight 0.2Kg detector and base (approx) 516.800.800.Y 801PC Tyco branded
Colour White
Environmental
Operating Temp. Range -10oC to +55oC
Storage Temp. -20oC to +55oC
Relative Humidity 90% non condensing
801PC
Mode 1 Universal multi-criteria sensor

Mode 2 false alarm immunity multi-criteria
Mode 3 A1R
Mode 4 Enhanced Optical
Mode 5 Enhanced CO
Mode 6 CO Toxic Gas
Certification LPCB \ VdS

Point Detector Selection Chart
Environment Very Clean Benign Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or Hot and Smoky Open Areas
and Dry Moderately Clean the Day Humid When in Use
Regulated
Temperature
For Example Clean Room Offices Loading Bay/ Livestock Pen Kitchen Atrium
Data Processing Suite Light Industrial Warehouse with Mill, Laundry Engine Room Theatre
Hospitals Diesel, Forklifts etc Changing Room Test Beds Hanger
Residential Heavy Industrial Oil Rigs
Passenger Ferry (Car Deck) Turbine Hall
1. First select the environment
Cabin
Fire Loading Type Type Type Type Type Type
Electronic Equipment 800PH 800PH 800PH 800PH 800F

Electrical Switchgear 800I 800I S271f+
Electric Motors Aspirated
Cable Conduit
2. Next select the fire loading or risk being protected.
Fabrics, Clothes 800CH 800CH 800CH 800CH 800CH

Soft Furnishings 800PH 800PH 800PH Beam
Paper, Cardboard
Plastic Foams
Animal Bedding
Wood Shavings etc
Flammable Liquids 800PH 800PH 800CH 800CH 800CH 800F
Paints 800CH 800CH 800I 800H 800H S271f+
Solvents 800I 800I 800H S271f+ S271f+
Flammable Gasses 800F 800F 800F 800F 800F
Unstable Chemicals S271f+ S271f+ S271f+

This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector for the risk.
Detector Selection Chart

Foodstuffs 800CH 800CH 800CH 800CH 800CH
General Organic Waste 800PH 800PH 800PH 800H 800F
Animal Fodder 800H 800H S271f+
Wooden Structures
Solid Fuels
Detector & Mode Selection & Design Charts
Plastics 800CH 800PH 800CH 800CH 800CH 800CH

Chemicals 800PH 800CH 800PH 800PH 800H 800F
Machinery Aspirated 800I 800F 800F S271f+
The corresponding square shows the best suited (bold) and other suitable detectors for the application.
Building Materials 800I

Unknown Contents 800H 800H
Aspirated S271f+
Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users’ requirements.
Page 69
Page 70
Point Detector Mode Selection Chart
aerosol test gas.

Environment Very Clean Benign Dirty - Smoky During Dusty and/or Hot and Smoky Open Areas
cover all likely risks.

and Dry Moderately Clean the Day Humid When in Use
protection for that area.

Regulated
Temperature
E = Temperature enhanced
Data Processing Suite Light Industrial Warehouse with Mill, Laundry Engine Room Theatre
X = Callpoint protection alone

Hospitals Diesel, Forklifts etc Changing Room Test Beds Hanger
Residential Heavy Industrial Oil Rigs
H = Heat only part of combined detector

Cabin
Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode
Fire Loading Type Type Type Type Type Type
Detector Mode Selection Chart
Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day
Electronic Equipment Aspirated* E+H(H) E(H) Optical E(H) (N) Optical E(N) H Optical E+H(N) X Flame
E+H = Temperature enhanced and heat detector together

Electrical Switchgear Optical (H) (H) Ion (H) (N)
Electric Motors Ion
Cable Conduit
Fabrics, Clothes CO E(N) (N) CO (N) (L)# CO (N) (N) CO (N) H CO (H) (H)
Soft Furnishings Optical E(H) (N) Optical E(H) (L)# Optical E(L)# (L)# Beam*
Paper, Cardboard
Plastic Foams
Animal Bedding
Wood Shavings etc

Flammable Liquids Flame E+H(H)E+H(H)Optical E+H(H) E+H(N) FLAME* E+H(N)E+H(L)* CO E+H(N)E+H(L)# FLAME E+H(N) H Flame
requirements.
Paints Optical E+H(H)E+H(H)Flame E+H(H) E+H(N) CO (N) (L)* HEAT A1R A2S CO A1R CR
the best detection mode for occupied (day) and unoccupied (night) applications.
Solvents CO (H) (H) CO (H) (N) ION A1R A1R FLAME HEAT
Flammable Gasses ION ION HEAT
#Not LPCB approved

Unstable Chemicals
Foodstuffs CO E+H(N) (N) CO E(N) (L)# CO (N) (N) CO E(N) (H) CO E+H(H) E+H(H)
General Organic Waste Optical E+H(N) (N) Optical E+H(N) (L)# Optical (L)# (L)# Heat A1R CR Flame
Animal Fodder Heat A1R A2S Heat A2S A2S
Wooden Structures
*Not available as part of ‘800’ range.

Solid Fuels
Plastics Aspirated* E+H(H)E+H(N)Optical E+H(H)E+H(N) CO E(N) (L)# CO E(N) (N) CO E(N) (H) CO E+H(H)E+H(H)
Chemicals CO E+H(H)E+H(N)CO E+H(H)E+H(N) Optical E(N) (L)# Optical (N) (L)# Heat A1R CR Flame
Machinery Optical Ion (H) (N) Ion (N) (L)* Flame Flame * Beam*
Building Materials Heat A1R A1R Heat A1R A1R
Unknown Contents Aspirated* Flame
Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users’
Letters in brackets represent recommended sensitivity settings.

This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector mode to be implemented during system configuration.
If fastlogic operation is selected for optical detectors, the same table applies. The chief difference being a higher resistance to false alarms, and slower response to
example the car deck of a ferry would be configured for Day during vehicle loading and Night once all the passengers had left the car deck, thus achieving optimum
Table is for guidelines only and specific situations are likely to require variations on the suggested detector types. Real situations may require detector combinations to
Once the most suitable detector has been selected (see detector selection chart on previous page) this chart can be used to find
Night and Day columns represent low false alarm risk and high false alarm risk, although this usually follows a day/night pattern, it may be configured for any time. For
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Series 600 is a range of low profile conventional fire detectors. These unobtrusively styled detectors have a number
of unique design features to improve their operation, installation and ease of servicing
Features
Conventional Detectors
• Unique early detection enhanced CO fire detector
• Intelligent Universal HPO Smoke Detector
• Low profile, discreet and unobtrusive
• Superior performance and reliability
• Attractive new design
• Designed for fast, easy installation
• Integral and remote alarm LED
• Series of Product Approvals
Series 600 Conventional Detectors

Through innovative design the Series 600 detectors have The HPO can be seen as a truly universal smoke detector,
reduced the installation and servicing time to a minimum, suitable for most applications.
needing only one visit to complete the installation and
having a park position for the detector to ease the The Series 600 low profile detectors can be custom made
servicing. in several colours, please contact the Walthamstow office
for details.
The Series 600 includes the unique enhanced Carbon
Monoxide CO fire detector, which provides a general Approvals:-
purpose fire detector with unprecedented early detection VdS
capability and excellent false alarm immunity. The CO fire UL
detectors are the first choice for sleeping risks. ULC
Also included within the range is the intelligent high SSL
performance optical smoke (HPO) detector. Marine
The use of the patented optical sensing chamber, together

with refined signal processing, has enabled the
introduction of a smoke detector suitable for fast, reliable
smoke detection of both slow and fast developing fires.
Body Optical Ionisation HPO R of R Heat FT CO FLAME

LPCB 601P 601I 601PH 601H-R 601H-F 601CH 601F
Marine 601P-M - 601PH-M 601H-R-M 601H-F-M 601CH-M 601F-M

High Performance Optical Smoke
These detectors react to the whole detector increase and the presence Product Codes
range of fire products from slow of smoke will confirm a fire condition. 516.600.002.A
smouldering fires, producing visible The HPO will not operate on a rate of Approval Branded Model
particles to open flaming fires rise of temperature alone.
producing large numbers of very hot LPCB ADT 601PH
smaller sized aerosols. It combines Datasheet - Product Code PSF123 516.600.002.T
optical and heat detector technology Approval Branded Model
to detect clear burning fire products Manual - Vol01C-02-D2 “Detectors
Fire Manual” LPCB Thorn 601PH
which hitherto could only be easily
detected by ion-chamber detectors. 516.600.002.Y
Approval Branded Model
For normal ambient conditions, the
high performance optical detector LPCB Tyco 601PH

behaves as a normal optical detector. 516.600.202
Only when a rapid rise in temperature - Tyco 601PH-M
is detected does the sensitivity of the
Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire
The CO fire detector is a unique This feature is particularly useful in Product Codes
general purpose fire detector which large complex structures such as atria 516.600.004.A
provides very early warning of slow and warehouses, where position of Approval Branded Model
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping smoke detectors is difficult. LPCB ADT 601CH
risks the CO fire detector is also well Datasheet - Product Code PSF123 516.600.004.T
suited to many applications where Approval Branded Model
Manual - Vol01C-02-D3 “Detectors
heat detection is insufficient but
Fire Manual” LPCB Thorn 601CH
smoke detection causes false alarms.
516.600.004.Y
As CO travels more freely than smoke
the position of CO fire detectors is
more flexible. LPCB Tyco 601CH
516.600.204
- Tyco 601CH-M
Optical Smoke
These detectors are capable of chamber scatters the infra-red light Product Codes
detecting the visible smoke produced pulses onto a photo-diode. These 516.600.001A
by materials which smoulder or burn pulses are converted to an electrical Approval Branded Model
slowly, i.e. soft furnishings, plastic signal which is compared against a LPCB ADT 601P
foam etc;. or 'smoke' produced by preset alarm level. 516.600.001.T
overheated but unburnt PVC. These
detectors are particularly suitable for Datasheet - Product Code PSF123 Approval Branded Model
general applications and areas where Manual - Vol01C-02-D6 “Detectors LPCB Thorn 601P
cable overheating may occur e.g. Fire Manual” 516.600.001.Y
electrical services areas. The novel
design of the asymmetrical sampling
chamber and signal processing LPCB Tyco 601P
techniques stop unwanted alarms 516.600.201
caused by very small insects. i.e. Approval Branded Model
thrips. Smoke entering the sampling - Tyco 601P-M
Heat
These detectors use two networked Rate of Rise Fixed Temperature 60°C
thermistors in a bridge configuration Product Codes Product Codes
to provide a fast response, that 516.600.003.A 516.600.013.A
depends both on absolute Approval Branded Model Approval Branded Model
temperature and notes the change of
LPCB ADT 601H-R LPCB ADT 601H-F
temperature. The rate of rise/fixed
temperature heat detectors can be 516.600.003.T 516.600.013.T
used in areas where smoke sensors Approval Branded Model Approval Branded Model
are unsuitable due to environmental LPCB Thorn 601H-R LPCB Thorn 601H-F
conditions (smoke, dust etc,). Such 516.600.003.Y 516.600.013.Y
areas include kitchens, locker rooms, Approval Branded Model Approval Branded Model
canteens, garages, loading bays etc. LPCB Tyco 601H-R LPCB Tyco 601H-F
516.600.203 516.600.213
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123 Approval Branded Model
Manual - Vol01C-02-D5 “Detectors - Tyco 601H-R-M
- Tyco 601H-F-M
Fire Manual”

Ion Chamber Smoke
These detectors react to the visible This is then compared against an Product Codes
and invisible fire aerosols (products alarm level. 516.600.005.A
of combustion) and are therefore Datasheet - Product Code PSF123 Approval Branded Model
capable of detecting the early LPCB ADT 601I
Manual - Vol01C-02-D4 “Detectors
presence of hot smouldering and Fire Manual” 516.600.005.T
flaming fires, such as wood, paper Approval Branded Model
etc. LPCB Thorn 601I
They are particularly suitable for 516.600.005.Y
general applications in all areas and Approval Branded Model
use a dual ionisation chamber in LPCB Tyco 601I
which the air is ionised by a single
radioactive source (33k Bq
Americium 241). The presence of
smoke in the sampling chamber
causes a change in the balance
voltage, between the two chambers.
Solar Blind Infra Red Flame Detector
Flame detectors, unlike smoke and rapidly to fires which involve clean- Product Codes
heat detectors, do not rely on burning fuels such as alcohol or 516.600.006
convection to transport the fire methane, ie fires which would not be 601F
product to the detector, nor do they detected by smoke detectors. The 516.600.007
rely on a ceiling to trap the products. 601F Flame detector, by virtue of it’s
601 F-M Marine
They can therefore, be used to operating wavelength and flicker
protect large open areas without discrimination, is insensitive to
sacrificing speed of response to normal environmental influences. For Datasheet - Product Code PSF132
flaming fires. In order to ensure full outdoor use, a solar-blind detector Manual - Vol01C-02-D7 “Detectors
coverage, however, flame detectors (e.g. the S200Plus) should be used. Fire Manual”
do require direct line of sight to all The 601F flame detector should,
parts of the protected area. normally, only be used inside
Infra-red flame detectors such as the buildings to supplement heat and
601F are designed to respond smoke detectors.
H Series Heat Detectors
The H600 and H900 range of fixed Technical Specification Product Codes
temperature heat detectors are Operating Voltage: up to 24V d.c. 517.001.130
designed to operate at 60oC and Quiescent Current: zero
90oC respectively. They are DHM8 (including 2 x 20mm glands)
particularly suited to areas where Alarm Current: Limited by 516.014.019
rapid changes in temperature and/or internal 220
ohm or 50 ohm H602 60oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
high ambient temperatures exist, (Integral LED Ind.)
together with unsuitable resistor
Dimensions: 82mm dia x 516.014.020
environmental conditions for smoke
detectors. This makes the detectors 41mm H902 90oC Fixed temp. Grade 1
ideally suited for galleys, laundries Weight: 73gm (Integral LED Ind.)
etc. Material: Cycolac ABS
Features Datasheet - Product Code PSF108 “H
Operating temp. range: -20oC to Series Fixed Temperature Detectors”
• Approved by Marine classification +100oC
authorities Relative Humidity: up to 100% RH
• Two wire supervised circuit (Non-
• Draws no quiescent current Condensing)
• Self re-setting
• Grade 3 to European Standard Alarm Temp: H6XX: 60oC
EN54 Part 5 1977 H9XX: 90oC
Tyco Detector Identification Card
A convenient pocket sized “Quick Product Code

reference card” designed to aid the AM2801/000
identification of Tyco Detectors. ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in
multiples of 100.

Series 600 Detector Specifications
Typical Dimensions of Smoke/Heat/Co Detector
43
109
Typical Dimensions of Flame Detector
21.2
108
Technical Specification - Series 600

601 601PH/P/601PH-M/601P-M 601H-R/601H-F/601H-R-M/601H-F-M 601CH/601CH-M 601F/601F-M
Weight 100g 93g 80g 90g 74g
Material FR 110 Bayblend
Operating Temp. -20 to +70°C -20 to +70°C -20 to +70°C* -10 to +55°C -20 to +70°C
Storage Temp. -40 to +80°C -25 to +80°C -25 to +80°C -20 to +55°C -40 to + 80°C
Relative Humidity 95% Non-Condensing
Quiescent Current(typ) 62µA 65µA 65µA 87µA 300µA
Alarm Current(typ) 54mA 45mA 52mA 53mA 42mA
Operating Voltage 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 18-28Vdc
*Short Term (<3min) -40 to +120°C

Point Detector Selection Chart
A B C D E F
Environment Very Clean Benign Dirty - Smoky Dusty and/or Hot and Open Areas
and Dry Moderately Clean Humid Smoky
Regulated
Temperature
Data Light Industrial Warehouse with Mill, Laundry Engine Room Theatre
Processing Hospitals Diesel, Forklifts etc. Changing Room Engine Test Beds Hanger
Suite Residential Heavy Industrial Oil Rigs
Accommodation
Fire Loading Probable Risk
Electronic Equipment Cable Pyrolosis
(Toxic Fumes) ASPIRATED
1 Electrical Switchgear Electrical Arcs 601P 601P 601F/601FEx
(Ignition Source) 601PH 601PH 601P BEAM
Electric Motors Associated Electrical 601I 601I
Cable Conduit Dangers
Fabrics, Clothes
Soft Furnishings Smouldering
2 (Difficult to locate -
Paper, Cardboard toxic fumes) 601CH 601CH 601CH 601CH 601CH(H)
Plastic Foams Likelihood of 601PH 601P 601P BEAM
Flashover (Back - 601P
Animal Bedding draught)
Wood Shavings etc
Flammable Liquids Flaming Fire
3 (Rapid Build-Up of 601F/601FEx 601F/601FEx

Paints dense smoke) 601I 601I

Solvents High Temp. Fumes 601PH 601PH 601F/601FEx 601F/601FEx 601F/601FEx 601F/601FEx
Flammable Gasses Associated 601P 601P 601I 601H-R
Unstable Chemicals Explosion Dangers
Foodstuffs
General Organic Waste Smoke and Flame 601PH 601CH
4
Animal Fodder Initially fairly slow 601P 601PH 601P 601H-R 601CH
but high temps - 601CH 601CH 601H-R 601CH 601F/601FEx
Wooden Structures once established 601I 601H-R
Solid Fuels
Plastic, Chemicals Type of fire risk ASPIRATED 601PH 601P
5 Machinery may vary as can 601PH 601CH 601CH 601CH 601F/601FEx
the type of fire 601CH 601I 601I 601P 601H-R 601CH
Building Materials (May require a mix 601P 601H-R 601F/601FEx 601F/601FEx 601CH BEAM
Page 75
Unknown Contents of detection types) 601I 601F/601FEx 601H-R
Conventional Detector Selection Chart

Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Detector Bases & Accessories

A complete range of matching bases and accessories to complement the Low Profile Detector Range; including
standard bases, isolator bases.
Features
Detector Bases and Accessories
• Optional short circuit isolator in each base

• Optional relay bases
• Loop powered sounder bases
• Remote indication LEDs
• Standard and stainless steel duct probes
• Optional conduit entry backboxes
• Protective wire cages
Detector Bases and Ancillaries

The 800 and 600 Series of low profile detectors provides The detector bases include standard universal bases,
a comprehensive range of highly effective and which have no integral electronics, thus making them low
aesthetically pleasing fire, smoke and heat detectors with cost and low maintenance. Alternatively, a range of
worldwide approvals. functional bases incorporates sounders, relays and line
The unique design and leading edge technology of the isolators to provide a cost effective method of adding
detectors goes beyond the detection technology itself. functions and flexibility to the fire detection installation.
The range of detector bases is designed to make low Duct probe units are specially designed to enable optimum
profile detector installations cost effective, aesthetically performance even at low air velocity and are also available
pleasing and easy to install and maintain – thus minimising in stainless steel.
disruption.

Standard Universal Bases

The standard universal detector bases are compatible with new 800 Series MX detectors as well as the Series 600 low
profile detectors. The standard bases have no electronics and even when the detectors are connected to the bases, they
can be electrically disconnected and left in a ‘park’ position. This enables wiring integrity tests to take place without any
damage to electronics. When used with 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors the address flag automatically transfers to the
base, thus the address label remains with the base even if the detector is changed or replaced. An optional, tool
removable locking pin allows the detector to be fixed in place to prevent tampering.
5B-5” Universal Detector Base
Standard Detector Bases

This is the most commonly used Features Product Codes
base for MX applications. It is fully • Drive a remote indicator 517.050.017
EN54 and Vds approved for use with • Detector locking pin with every 5B 5” Universal Base LPCB
the MX detector range and can also base 517.050.019
be used for the Minerva M900
• Temporary Park position 5B-UL 5” Universal Base UL
addressable and Series 600
conventional ranges of detectors. • The 5’ Universal Detector Base 517.050.605
accepts an address label flag 6” Adaptor for 5B-UL Base
If used it will require a separately from the Detector when used with
572.048
supplied tool to remove a detector MX Detector Ranges
from the base. Optional address 5B 5” Universal Base VdS
• Fit directly to a British or
label flags are automatically European conduit box or directly
transferred from detector to base onto the ceiling.
when the detector is inserted.
• Break-outs for surface installation
Following detector removal flags are
retained in the base to provide a
permanent address indicator.
5BD-5 Inch Conventional Diode Continuity Base
The 5BD Continuity Base is a Features Product Code

standard 5 inch base fitted with a • Compatible with M600 Lo-Pro and 517.050.600
continuity diode, for use with all Series 600 Low Profile Detector 5 BD 5” Conventional Diode
M600 Lo-Pro and Series 600 Range Continuity Base for LPCB approved
detectors. The base is designed to • Designed for two wire operation detectors
ensure that conventional systems • Facility to drive a remote indicator
meet the requirements of BS5839 • A breakout locking key is
Pt:1 for callpoints placed after provided as an integral part of
detectors. The 5BD works with XL, each base, which can be fitted to
NT, System 1700. lock the detector into position.
• A temporary park position is
provided so that the field wiring
can be tested with the detector in
situ.
• Maybe fitted directly to a British
or European conduit box or
directly onto the ceiling
5BI-5” MX Isolator Base
The 5BI isolator base incorporates all Features Product Codes

the features of the 5B but it is used . All of the mechanical features of 517.050.018
exclusively with digital addressable the 5B 5” Universal detector 5BI 5” Isolator Base LPCB
MX Technology® detection loops. base. 572.049
They allow any or all detectors to be . Provides upstream and 5BI 5” Isolator Base VdS
upgraded to incorporate bi- downstream isolation as
directional short circuit isolation. appropriate
Used with every detector, they will . LED indication of isolation in
ensure that no detector is lost in the operation
event of an open or short circuit loop
fault. A built in amber LED indicates
when isolation has been activated.
Isolation will automatically reset
when the fault is removed.

Functional Detector Bases

The range of standard bases is supplimented by this selection of sounder bases, relay bases and accessories,
including loop powered sounder base for use on MX technology controllers.

Functional detector bases use a common moulding which When functional bases are fitted to universal bases, they
incorporates a double side circuit board which enables automatically lock into position. Removal is then achieved
electrical connections to be made on the top and bottom of using the detector removal tool. This feature ensures that
the functional base. This allows the functional bases to be the detector and functional bases are removed separately.
retrofitted into new and existing universal bases or
Datasheet - Product Code PSF101 “M600/900 Low Profile Detector
alternatively the depth and cost of the installed detector Bases”
can be reduced by using the functional base instead of the Manual - Vol01B-03-D2 “Detectors Fire Manual
universal base.
This feature enables additional line isolators and sounders

to be easily added during commissioning. In addition,
changes to the building during it’s life can be easily
adapted to, by retrofitting sounders and relay outputs to
existing detection points.
Tyco MKII Sounder Base
A new low current range of sounder Product Codes 516.800.910 (572.050 Europe)
bases for use with Conventional and 577.001.035 802SB MX Loop Powered Sounder
Addressable Fire Alarm Control 601SB Conventional Sounder Base Base
Panels. 577.001.037 516.800.913
601SBD Conventional Diode Sounder 812SB MX Loop Powered UL
Features Base Sounder Base
• Manufactured to EN54 part 3 577.001.036 516.800.913
• Integral sounder and detector 602SB 2 Wire Line Powered Sounder 912SB Universal UL Sounder Base
base Base 517.050.022
• Volume and tone adjustable after 577.001.038 Volume Pot Spare Cover (1 sheet of
installation 602SBD 2 Wire Line Powered Diode 144)
• Low Power Synchronisation Sounder Base
• Do not require use of a standard 516.800.911 Please See Following Applications
base (maybe installed directly 901SB Universal Sounder Base Table for Further Details
onto a standard besa box)
Tyco MKII Sounder Cap
A plastic cap which fits onto the Product Codes

601SB/601SBD/602SB/602SBD 557.001.040.A
Sounder Base to enable these Mark II Sounder Cap (ADT Branded)
bases to operate as a sounder 557.001.040.Y
without fitting a detector. Mark II Sounder Cap (Tyco Branded)
MC600 & 600RBA Functional Relay Base
The 600 Series relay base provides • Can be used instead of a Product Codes
dual relay contacts for signalling standard base 568.001.018
external devices on conventional • Requires diode fitting if used in
MC600 Relay base (BS5839)
detection systems. Very low place of an M600D diode base.
operating current even when the Not compatible with System 1600 515590
relay is energised, enable the relay or T880 panels 600 RBA Relay base (UL - Grinnell)
base to be used without additional
power. The relay contacts operate Technical Specification
when the detector enters the alarm Operating Temp.: -25°C to +70°C
condition.
Humidity: Up to 95% RH
Features (non-
• Dual pole 24Vdc relay contact condensing)
(60VA) Vibration: Exceeds
• Status indicator LED requirements of
• Low power consumption (<20µA EN54-3,
except start up) Marine & UL268
• Latching operation

SAM 800 Sounder Addressable Module
The SAM 800 Sounder Addressable 812SB, 901SB and 912SB into an Product Code
Module is an MX addressable device addressable loop powered sounder. UK EUROPE
which may be fitted to the 801SB, 516.800.954 572.051
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB The SAM 800 is suitable for wall or SAM 800 Sounder Addressable
Sounder Bases to enable the MX ceiling mounting. Sound selection Module (compatible with Version 2.1
Control Panel to communicate with and tones will be as per the 801SB, and above)
and control these sounder bases, 802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.
without the need for a detector
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,

SAB 800/SAB 801 Sounder Addressable Beacon
The SAB Sounder Addressable The SAB is suitable for wall or ceiling Product Code
Beacon is an MX Addressable mounting. Sound selection and UK EUROPE
Beacon that fits into the Standard tones will be as per the 801SB, 516.800.953 572.052
Minerva Universal Base. Alternatively 802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB. SAB 800 Sounder Addressable
the SAB may be fitted to the 801SB, Beacon (compatible with Version 2.1
802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB and above)
Sounder Bases to enable the MX 516.800.956
Control Panel to communicate with SAB 801 Low Power Sounder
and control these sounder bases Addressable Beacon (Compatable
and also provide a Flashing Beacon with Consys Version 8.1 and above)
effectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,
812SB, 901SB and 912SB into a
combined addressable loop
powered sounder and beacon.
801RB - Functional Relay Base

The 801RB provides dual relay Features Product Code
contacts for signalling external • Dual pole 24V DC relay contacts UK EUROPE
devices on MX addressable systems. (60VA) 516.800.905 572.028
A very low operating current even 801RB Relay base
when the relay is energised enables • Very low power consumption
the relay base to be used without (<20µA except startup)
any additional power. The dual
contacts are under the control of a
programmable output, through the
powerful cause and effect software.
801SB - Loop Powered Addressable Sounder Base MK1
The 801SB sounder base operates Features Product Code

will all 800 series MX VIRTUAL • 3 selectable tones (slow, fast and UK EUROPE
detectors. A unique design single continuous)
516.800.907 572.029
point sound source is used to • 3 volume settings (90,80 and 801SB Loop Powered Adjustable
provide complete audio coverage 70dB effective) Sounder Base MK1
without obtrusive holes in the • single point sound source
moulding. The 801 SB is controlled • Standard MINERVA frequency
by the powerful event action of the
• complies to prEN:pt.3
MX fire detection panel. This allows
the 801SB to sound when its own • Loop current consumption at full
volume - 15mA
detector is in alarm or as a zonal
sounder. The number of 801SB per • 24V Current consumption at full
loop depends on the volume and volume - 25mA (for lower power
version, refer to Tyco
loop power available.
MKII Sounder base)
Volume Adjustment Tool
A simple Volume Adjustment Tool, Sounder volume can be easily varied Product Code
specific to the task of sounder between the maximum 90dBA and 517.050.015
volume selection on the “variable- minimum 68dBA-volume settings, Volume Adjustment Tool
volume” range of Tyco MKII Sounder using this simple, functional tool.
Bases.
Note: Sounder Bases are supplied
with the volume pre-set to maximum
volume.

Detector Ancillaries
Features
• Provides clear identification of address
• Colour coded
• Flag remains on base
Detector Address Flags
800 Series MX Address Flag

The 800 Series detectors incorporate a feature, which Most MX detection panels incorporate additional fail safe
automatically transfers the address flag to the detector software features to ensure that incorrect detector
base, when the detector is plugged into the base. On positioning does not compromise the system.
removal of the detector the address flag remains on the Address flags are supplied in packs of 100.
ceiling, thus ensuring that detectors are not accidentally Labels are provided on sheets of 250 in four colours to
returned to the wrong detector base following service enable quick identification between different loops.
routines.
Product Codes
516.800.915 MX Address flags (pack of 100) 516.800.935 Address flag labels Loop E - Grey
516.800.931 Address flag labels Loop A - White 516.800.936 Address flag labels Loop F - Blue
516.800.932 Address flag labels Loop B - Yellow 516.800.937 Address flag labels Loop G - Orange
516.800.933 Address flag labels Loop C - Purple 516.800.938 Address flag labels Loop H - Red
516.800.934 Address flag labels Loop D - Green
Tyco MKII Sounder Base Range Identification Card

A convenient pocket sized “quick reference card” This concise card provides a simple, effective reference
designed to aid the identification of the Tyco MKII Sounder key for rapid identification of sounder base type during the
Base Range. initial visual system analysis and needs assessment.
Product Codes
517.050.016 ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in multiples of 100.

801RIL - Remote Indication LED
All detector bases have the ability to Features Product Code

drive a remote LED in the event that • UK Single gang mounting 516.800.908
the installed position of the detector • High intensity red LED 801RIL remote indication LED
is not easily visible. The 801RIL is
primarily designed for LPCB
influenced markets but is compatible
with all 800 Series detectors.
Detector Accessories
800HL - Indication Lamp
The 800HL remote indicator lamp Product Code

provides a larger indicator for use in UK EUROPE
place of the RIL when longer 516.800.909 572.000
distances are involved or in VdS 800HL indication lamp
influenced markets. Typically used to
indicate the source of an alarm in
buildings with long corridors eg.
Hotels, hospitals, apartments.
800EM - Euro Mounting
The euro-mounting base provides a Features Product Codes

matching back box, which allows the • 2 x 18mm conduit entries 517.050.604
standard MUB, and 801IB to be • 2 x 21mm conduit entries EM5B mounting base
ceiling mounted with conduit entries • Fits all 5” Bases 517.050.612
for standard 18 and 21mm conduit. Base Accessory terminal kit
• Fitted with terminal, if more are
required use optional accessory (pack of 10)
kit
DHM-5B - Deck Head Mounting
Where the detectors are mounted in with 1 terminal. If more are required, Product Codes
humid and environmentally use the optional base accessory kit. 517.050.603
challenging situations such as Deckhead mounting
marine or offshore installations, the Features 517.050.612
DHM 5B deck head mount provides • 4 x 20mm gland entries Base accessory terminal kit
a sealed waterproof mounting which • Fits ALL 5” bases (pack of 10)
protects the base electrical • IP55 with supplied gasket
connections. Can be screwed, bolted
or welded to the deckhead. Supplied
Protective Detector Cage
Robust steel protective cage for Product Code

Series 600 and Series 800 detector 517.050.614
ranges using the 5” bases. Ideal for CW-5B Detector Cage
schools and sporthalls or whenever
detectors need protection.
Strong coated steel construction with

4 point fitting.

Sounder Base Compatibility Chart
PART NO. DESCRIPTION CONTROL PANEL COMPATIBILITY POWERED FROM DETECTOR REQUIRED PARK CLIP .
TO OPERATE COLOUR
Page 82
577.001.035 601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE CONVENTIONAL ONLY 24Vdc NO GREEN
577.001.037 601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE CONVENTIONAL ONLY 24Vdc NO GREEN
516.800.911 901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX 24Vdc YES BLUE
516.800.912 912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE MINERVA ADDRESSABLE/MX 24Vdc YES BLUE
577.001.036 602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE MXC ONLY DETECTION CIRCUIT NO YELLOW
577.001.038 602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE MXC ONLY DETECTION CIRCUIT NO YELLOW
516.800.910 802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE MX ONLY LOOP YES WHITE
516.800.913 812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE MX ONLY LOOP YES WHITE
PART NO. DESCRIPTION CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT CURRENT CONSUMPTION AT

68 dBA (MINIMUM VOLUME) 90 dBA (MAXIMUM VOLUME) 100dBA (FIXED VOLUME)
577.001.035 601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA
577.001.037 601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA
MKII Sounder Base Application Table
516.800.911 901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA

516.800.912 912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE 21mA
577.001.036 602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA
577.001.038 602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA
516.800.910 802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE 1.2mA 6.8mA
516.800.913 812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE 21mA

PART NO. DESCRIPTION DUTCH SLOW TEMPORAL 4 SLOW SWEEP (3) MARCH TIME BEEP(25) MARCH TIME BEEP(26)
SWEEP (7)
577.001.035 601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
577.001.037 601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.911 901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.912 912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES , YES
577.001.036 602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
577.001.038 602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.910 802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.913 812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
PART NO. DESCRIPTION FAST TEMPORAL 3 ALTERNATING 2(11) ALTERNATING 2 (9) CONTINUOUS(14) CONTINUOUS
SWEEP (2)
577.001.035 601SB CONVENTIONAL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
577.001.037 601SBD CONVENTIONAL DIODE SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.911 901SB UNIVERSAL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.912 912SB UNIVERSAL UL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
577.001.036 602SB 2 WIRE LINE POWERED SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
577.001.038 602SBD 2 WIRE LINE POWERED DIODE SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.910 802SB MX LOW POWERED SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
516.800.913 812SB LOOP POWERED UL SOUNDER BASE YES YES YES YES
(2) (3) (7) (9) (11) (14) (25) (26) = ROSHNI TONE NUMBER
MKII Sounder Base Application Table

Page 83
Sounder Base Compatibility Chart
Chapter 7 - Duct Probe Air Sampling
Duct Probe Air Sampling

Where smoke within duct work needs to be detected these duct probe units provide an economical solution, for use
with 600 and 800 series detectors. Where demanding environmental conditions exist, a stainless steel version is
available.
MP/SMP Duct Probe Units

The MP/SMP Duct Probe Units are designed to be installed in air
Duct Probe Units
conditioning supply and exhaust ducts for the purpose of monitoring the
airflow for smoke and combustion products.
The MP69 and SMP69 probe units are designed to accept and operate
with the series 600 and 800 detectors. For general applications it is
recommended that photoelectric smoke detectors rather than ionisation
smoke detectors are used.
The SMP stainless steel probe unit is designed to withstand the more
demanding environments of the offshore oil and gas industries.
The units are designed to operate in airspeeds of 1.5 to 25 metres per
second. A range of sampling tubes from 525mm to 1575mm is available
Warning
Duct probe units sited in the common duct work
to several extract grills may fail to respond to
smoke from any one extract due to the effect of
dilution. The MP/SMP units will not respond to
airflow of less than 1.5m/sec. Technical Specification
Operating temperature: -20°C to +70°C
Storage temperature: -25°C to +80°C
MP69 SMP69 Relative Humidity: 0 to 95%
Height 90mm 90mm MP69 "Bayblend" housing with
Width 145mm 150mm transparent polycarbonate
Length 220mm 225mm cover
Weight 0.58Kg 1.2Kg SMP69 Stainless steel 316 housing
with transparent
polycarbonate cover
MP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling
Product Codes 517.001.038 Datasheet - Product Code PSF91

517.025.036 DP900 Probe Tube 900mm and “MP69 Duct Probe Unit”
MP69 Duct Probe unit and base for exhaust
Series 600/800 Detectors 517.001.039 Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 “Detectors
517.001.035 DP1200 Probe Tube 1200mm and Fire Manual”
DP450 Probe Tube and exhaust exhaust
517.001.036 517.001.040
DP600 Probe Tube 600mm and DP1500 Probe Tube 1500mm and
exhaust exhaust
517.001.037
DP750 Probe Tube 750mm and
exhaust
SMP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling - Stainless Steel
Product Codes 517.025.030 Datasheet - Product Code PSF92

517.025.035 DPS750 Probe tube stainless steel “SMP69 Duct Probe Unit”
SMP69 Stainless Steel Duct Probe 750mm and exhaust Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 “Detectors
unit and universal detector base for 517.025.031 Fire Manual
Series 600/800 Detectors. DPS900 Probe tube stainless steel
517.025.028 900mm and exhaust
DPS450 Probe tube stainless steel 517.025.033
and exhaust DPS1500 Probe tube stainless steel
517.025.029 1500mm and exhaust
DPS600 Probe tube stainless steel
600mm and exhaust

Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection

Vesda aspirating smoke detection provides a high sensitivity method for detection of fires at a very early stage - it is
ideal for computer rooms and other high risk and high value areas. The range of products ranges from the
Laserfocus for small risks up to the LaserPlus range of networkable 4 pipe panels.
Features
Vesda Laser Focus

• Laser Based Absolute Smoke Detection
• Very Early Warning of a Potential Fire Incident
• Wide Sensitivity Range (0.025%-20% obs/m)
(0.008 - 6.4% obs/ft)
• Detection Capabilities for smaller critical areas up to
500m
• Dual Stage Dust Filtration
• Programmable Alarm Thresholds
• Reliable Air Flow Monitoring
• Easy User Interaction
• AutoLearn Smoke & Flow
• Pre-engineerred Pipe Designs
Vesda LaserFOCUS Aspirating Smoke Detection

Incorporating detection methodology derived from its Accurate assessment of the air sample using calibrated
VESDA predecessors - the LaserPLUS, LaserSCANNER detection and long detector life expectancy, are assured
and LaserCOMPACT - the VESDA LaserFOCUS multiple with patented dual stage filtration process that both
point air sampling technology works by utilising a highly eliminates background ‘noise’ and preserves the optical
effective aspirator that continually draws air into its laser integrity of the laser technology with its clean air bleed.
detection chamber via a pipe network. The result of which is an unchallenged detection process
able to provide reliable and consistent very early warning
smoke detection performance across a diverse range of
applications.

Supply Voltage: 18 to 30 Vdc 516.018.020 VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus
Current Consumption: 220mA quiescent (with English overlay)
295 mA alarm 516.018.021 VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus
Dimensions: 255H x 185W x90Dmm (with European overlay)
Weight: 2 kg 516.018.022 VIC-010 LaserFocus Vesda
IP Rating: IP30 Network Card
Operating Temp: 0°C to 40°C 516.018.023 VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
Sampled Air: 0°C to 40°C (with English overlay)
Humidity: 5% to 95% (non condensing) 516.018.024 VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
(with European overlay)

Features
• Reduced size
• Absolute smoke detection
• Wide sensitivity range
• Single pipe inlet
• Simple display
• Referencing
• VESDAnet communication (VN)
• Dual stage dust filter
Vesda LaserCompact
• Three alarm levels

• Configurable relays
• Air flow monitoring
• Optional remote display and relay capability
• Simple mounting design
• AutoLearnTM
VESDA LaserCOMPACTTM and VLC 800 MX Laser Compact

The LaserCOMPACT and VLC800 MX Laser compact LaserCOMPACT is available in two versions, one that
detector has been specifically designed to provide all the interfaces via relays only (RO) or across either the relays or
benefits of aspirating smoke detection, including very early VESDAnetTM (VN).
warning, in single small areas and where space is a
premium. The VLC 800MX Laser Compact is available with an in-built
MX interface to enable it to communicate directly with the
This has been achieved through the combination of MX loop.
approved LaserPLUS detection technology, dual stage
filtration technology and a modified aspirator design
incorporated in a smaller enclosure with simplified display.

Supply Voltage: 18 to 30Vdc UK Europe
Current Consumption: 225mA quiescent, 516.018.011 561.043
245mA in alarm VLC-505 VESDA net Version (VN)
Dimensions: 225H x 225W x 85Dmm 516.018.010 561.042
Weight: 1.9Kg VLC-500 Relays Only Version (RO)
Operating Temp: -10°C to+ 39°C 516.018.012 561.052
Sampled Air: -20°C to +60°C VLC800 MX Addressable Vesda Laser compact
(Compatible with MX Consys versions 2.1 and above)

Features
• Wide sensitivity range
• Laser-based light source
• 4 Configurable alarm levels
• Purpose built Aspirator
• 4 In-line Inlet pipes
• Flow sensor for each inlet pipe
• Wide range DC power
• Low-cost maintenance
Vesda Laserplus
• Dual stage filter
• Easy access to filter cartridge
• 7 Software configurable relays
• Recessed mounting
• Multiple exhausts
LaserPLUS Standard Modular Range - LaserPLUS Detectors

The detector assembly contains the laser detection Alternatively, the detector assembly can be configured as a
chamber, high efficiency aspirator, monitored filter “self-contained” system by replacing the detector’s blank
cartridge, control electronics, and relay interface. The panels with the display and/or programming modules.
detector assembly can be used as a “distributed” system,
with the display, programmer and VESDAnet socket
modules mounted in a remote location.
516.018.001 (561.036) 516.018.002 (561.037)

VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
display
516.018.013 (561.038) 516.018.003

VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector

Current Consumption: (No display or programmer) 516.018.001 561.036
240mA quiescent plus 50mA VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and display
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm) 516.018.002 561.037
Dimensions: 225H x 350W x 125D mm VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
Weight: 4.0Kg (including display and 516.018.013 561.038
programmer modules) VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED
Operating Temp.: 0°C to + 39°C 516.018.003
Humidity: 0-95% RH, non condensing VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector

Features
• Individual pipe annunciation
• Adaptive scan threshold
• Wide sensitivity range (0.005 to 20% obs/m)
• Laser based light source
• Configurable alarm levels
• Purpose built Aspirator
• 4 In-Line inlet pipes
• Flow sensor for each pipe inlet
• Low-cost maintenance
Vesda LaserPlus Scanners
• Dual stage filter

• Easy access to filter cartridge
• Recessed mounting
LaserPLUS Scanners - 7 & 12 Relay Output Variants

VESDA LaserPLUS is also available in a Scanner The VESDA LaserPLUS will continue to sample from all
configuration, which allows the system to distinguish and sectors to monitor the fire growth and maintain full
identify the pipe carrying smoke, while sampling multiple protection.
sectors.
VLS-214-FD7 Scanner
Product Codes
UK Europe 516.018.007 561.039
516.018.004 561.044 VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer
VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display with 12 relays
and display with 7 relays.
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
Product Codes 516.018.009

UK Europe VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.006 516.018.019 561.041
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK
516.018.016 561.046 LED
VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED
VLS-204 FD7
Product Codes 516.018.008 561.040

UK Europe VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display
516.018.005 561.045 with 12 relays
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display
with 7 relays.

Current consumption: (No display or programmer) 516.018.004 561.044
240mA quiescent plus 70mA VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display with 7
alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm) relays.
Dimensions: 225H x 350W x 125D mm 516.018.007 561.039
Weight: 4.0Kg including display and VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer and display with 12
programmer modules relays
Operating Temp.: 0°C to + 39°C 516.018.005 561.045
Humidity: 10-95% RH, non condensing
VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display with 7 relays.
Relay Outputs: 7 or 12
516.018.008 561.040
VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display with 12 relays
516.018.006
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
516.018.016 561.046
Datasheet - Product Code PSF105 “VESDA VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED
LaserPLUS” 516.018.009
VLS-300 FD12 Scanner
516.018.019 561.041
VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK LED
Optional Remote Displays
Features
• Four alarm levels (Alert/Action, Fire 1 & Fire 2)
• 20 segment vertical bar graph
• Alarm threshold indicators
(Alert, Action & Fire 1)
• Audio and visual indication
• Alarm indicators
Vesda Remote Displays

• Informative fault indicators
• Multi-mode numeric display(defaults to smoke
obscuration)
• Acknowledged push-button presses
• Multiple language supported
• Addressable to any detector
Remote Displays and Modules

A display module monitors the VESDA LaserPLUS It has a 20 segment vertical bar graph, a 2-digit numerical
detector. It reports a visual representation of smoke levels, display, an audible sounder and clear alarm and fault
and all alarm and fault conditions. The internal sounder indicators. It also has 4 push buttons to control the
warns personnel in the local area that an alarm threshold detector and the mode of the display.
has been reached, or a fault has occurred. Displays can be located at a convenient location - either
within the detector module, or remotely on the VESDAnet.
For monitoring convenience, multiple displays can be
associated with a single detector.
VRT-400,700 & 800
Product Code 516.018.107 571.083

UK EUROPE VRT-700 Remote scanner display -
516.018.104 no relays
VRT-400 Remote scan display 516.018.108
including 7 relays VRT-800 Remote scanner display
with 12 relays
VRT-200,600,J00 and K00 displays
Product Code 516.018.106 571.082 516.018.120

UK EUROPE VRT-600 Remote detector display- VRT-K00 Compact Display no relays
516.018.102 no relays
VRT-200 Remote display 516.018.119
including 7 relays VRT-J00 Compact Display c/w 7
relays
VRT-300
Product Code
UK EUROPE
516.018.103 571.104
VRT-300 Remote VESDAnet socket
VRT-100
Product Code
UK EUROPE
516.018.101 571.084
VRT-100 Remote programmer
Supply Voltage: 18-30Vdc (when used in 20mA alarm @24Vdc
detector unit, Remote unit or (in remote mounting box)
19” rack) Dimensions: 150H x 140W x 90D mm
Current Consumption: 60mA quiescent plus 20mA Operating Temp.: 0°C to +39°C
alarm @24Vdc - (module Humidity: 10-95% RH, non condensing
only)/90mA quiescent plus

LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Sub-Rack Remote Display Assemblies
The 19” sub-rack is available as a Product Codes 516.018.204

mounting option, with 4 mounting 516.018.201 VSR-2221 19” Sub-rack with 3
slots for display or programming VSR-2000 19” Sub-rack with 1 detector displays and programmer
modules. detector display and 3 blanks 516.018.206
Technical Specification 516.018.203 VSR-2222 19” Sub-rack with 4
Dimensions: 128H x 482W x 120D VSR-2210 19” Sub-rack, 2 detector detector displays
mm displays, programmer and 1 blank
LaserPLUS Components for Ordering Custom Built Remote Display Sub-racks

Vesda Ancillaries
Sub-rack configurations other than Product Codes 516.018.268

those available as standard can be 516.018.260 VSU-8 Scanner display sub-unit with
supplied as custom built units. The VSU-0 Blank Sub-unit 12 relays
sub-rack and cost of assembly are 516.018.261 516.018.269
included in the VSR-CUSTOM. VSU-1 Programmer sub-unit VSU-9 Blank display sub-unit with 12
The configuration of the custom built 516.018.262 relays
unit must be specified at time of VSU-2 Detector display sub-unit 516.018.219
ordering (e.g. 2 x VSU-0 and 2 x plus 7 relays VSU-J Compact display sub-unit
VSU-2 configured as VSR-0022) 516.018.264 plus 7 relays
Note: The order of the numbers (e.g. VSU-4 Scanner display sub-unit plus 516.018.210
0022) indicates the order in which 7 relays VSR-CUSTOM Custom sub-rack
the sub-units will be mounted in the 516.018.265 housing includes cost of custom
sub-rack housing when looking from VSU-5 Blank sub-unit with 7 relays building 4 VSU sub-rack units.
the front of the unit - from left to right 516.018.214
VSU-E Blank scanner sub-unit with 7
relays
LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Rack Remote Display Assemblies
Standard rack enclosures are Technical Specification Product Codes

available to fit 2 (see picture) or 5 Dimensions: 516.018.301
sub-rack assemblies. 020-052 400H x 600W x 220D mm 020-052 19” Rack enclosure (2 rows)
020-055 800H x 600W x 220D mm 516.018.302
020-050 300H x 400W x 140D mm 020-055 19” Rack enclosure (5 rows)
516.018.303
020-050 IP65 Enclosure
LaserPLUS Ancillaries & Power Supply Unit
A variety of other ancillaries are Product Codes

available. Configuration software is UK EUROPE
available from vision systems 516.018.402 571.086
website www.vesda.com. VHX-0200 PC link HLI plus leads
(MK2)
516.018.407
VESDA 24Vd.c 2A Power supply
and charger
UK EUROPE
516.018.401 571.085
VHH-100 Hand held programmer
plus leads
LaserPLUS Spares
The following common VESDA VSP-019 Filter cover door (spare) 516.018.515
LaserPLUS spares are kept in stock 516.018.506 VSP-015 Spare aspirator fan
by Tyco Safety Products. Other VSP-006 Spare detector chassis and 516.018.504
spares can be supplied if required. manifold VSP-005 Filter cartridge (spare)
516.018.508
Product Codes VSP-008 Spare remote termination
516.018.501 card 7 relays
VSP-002 Display (spare) 516.018.509
516.018.502 VSP-009 Spare scanner chassis and
VSP-004 Scanner display (spare) manifold
516.018.503 516.018.514
VSP-001 Programmer (spare) VSP-014 Spare header termination
516.018.505 card 7 relays

VESDA International Language Decals
All VESDA LaserPLUS products are Alternatively, where large quantities Product Codes
currently supplied from stock in Tyco are involved Tyco Safety Products 516.018.270
grey with English labels and can arrange for special delivery of VESDA Scanner Swedish Language
software. Labels can be easily pre-labelled products - extra delivery 571.088
changed to any of the languages time must be allowed. VESDA Scanner German Language
below. 571.087
VESDA Detector
Vesda Ancillaries

Vesda Pipe and Fittings

VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings are a metric standard of 25mm external diameter with suitable adaptors available
for imperial to metric conversions. (British Standard approved pipes BS5391 Part 1 1976 and BS5391 Part 1 1976 for
fittings).
The British manufactured pipe is produced in red ABS under a stringent quality control approved to BS EN ISO9001,
which covers all aspects of product design, manufacture and inspection.
Features
Vesda Aspirating Pipe & Fitting
• Toughness and durability

• Chemical resistance
• Easy to joint
• Low Friction
• Wide temperature range
• Lightweight
• Red colour for easy identification
VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings

Pipe 25mm diameter
VESDA aspirating pipe, printed along 3 m length pipe Product Code

its length on opposite side at 450mm Order in multiples of 10. 516.018.901
intervals. Pipe 25mm diameter
Socket 25mm
Straight socket for 25mm pipe. Product Code

Order in multiples of 10. 516.018.902
Socket to 25mm
Socket union 25mm
Socket union to facilitate servicing of Product Code

pipework. Order in multiples of 1. 516.018.903
Socket union 25mm
Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4”
Socket adaptor, imperial to metric, to Product Code

extend existing systems. 516.018.909
Order in multiples of 5 Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4
Bend 25mm
90 degree Long Radius bend Product Code

Order in multiples of 5 516.018.904
Long Radios bend 90°

Elbow 25mm
45 deg elbow Product Code

Elbow 25mm
End Cap 25mm

End cap 25mm Product Code

End cap 25mm
Equal Tee 25mm
Equal Tee 25mm Product Code

Equal Tee 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mm Product Code

Pipe Clip 25mm
Solvent Cement (0.25I Tin)
Solvent cement Product Code

516.018.910
Solvent cement
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point Assembly
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point Product Code

Assembly. 516.018.911
25mm socket adaptor + 2m capillary Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point
tube (tube colour - red) Assembly.
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point Assembly
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point Product Code

Assembly. 25mm socket adaptor + 516.018.912
2m capillary tube (tube colour - red) Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point
Assembly
Capillary Tube 10 mm
Capillary Tube 10 mm Product Code

10mm o/d x 30m length 516.018.915
(tube colour - red) Capillary Tube 10 mm
Pipe Cutters
Pipe Cutter Product Code

516.018.918
Pipe Cutter
Pipe Ties
Pipe Ties (Red) Product Code

Order in multiples of 100. 516.018.920
Pipe Ties (Red)

Sampling Point Label (1 reel)
Sampling point label. Order in Product Code

multiples of 100. 517.017.005
Sampling point label.
Pipe Label (1reel)
Pipe Label. Order in multiples of 100. Product Code

517.017.006
Pipe Label
Pipework designs for Vesda Systems must be verified by the use of the “Aspire” pipework Design
Software Tool . Available for download from Vision systems Website at www.vesda.com.

Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Special Hazards
Tyco Safety Products manufacturers and provides a wide range of equipment suitable for use in hazardous
equipment, where normal equipment cannot be safely used. The range extends from IS detectors for use on
conventional system to flameproof and I.S. flame detectors for use in the most demanding of environments.
A complete range of Barriers, Housing, callpoints and Sounders is available to fully support the product range.
Flame Detection

Special Hazards Detectors - ATEX Approved

The MINERVA S200 PLUS flame detectors are the latest Infrared solar blind and multi-channel infra-red flame
detectors with low power consumption and high false alarm immunity.
The MINERVA S200 PLUS range of advanced flame detectors is the most comprehensive range available.
Features
S200+ Flame Detectors
• Triple waveband infrared solar blind flame detection for

optimum false alarm immunity
• Unrivalled black body rejection over a wide range of
source temperatures
• Range adjustable to 50 metres for a 0.1m2 petrol pan fire
• Discrimination of optical faults (dirty windows) from other
faults by the built-in self test feature
• Housing designed for easy installation of cabling
• Models also available with relay or 4-20mA outputs
• Patented dual filter solar blindness for complete solar
blindness
• 100°field of view on IS versions• 90° field of view on
Flameproof versions
S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector

Unlike other flame detectors on the market the MINERVA where group IIC gases or lesser hazards can be
S200 PLUS is available in both Intrinsically Safe (EEx ia) continuously present in explosive concentrations.
and Flameproof (EEx d) models. The flameproof models are suffixed by the letter "f" and are
The intrinsically safe models are suffixed by the letter " i " ATEX Certified EEx d IIC T6. The detectors are suitable for
and are ATEX Certified EEx ia IIC T5. As part of an zones 1 and 2 where group IIC gases or lesser hazards
intrinsically safe circuit, it is suitable for zones 0,1 and 2 can be intermittently present in explosive concentrations.

Detector Material: Stainless Steel 316L/316 517.001.266 S200+ Spares Kit & Sealant
Dimensions: 167H x 167W x 89D MM
Weight: 4.5Kg 517.001.263 S200+ Weather Protection Assembly
Gland Entry: 2 x 20mm
Datasheet - Product Code PSF102 “Minerva S200 Plus Series”
Range: 0.1m2 petrol at 50m
0.4m2 petrol at 60m
Operating Temp: -40 to +80°C
Response Time: Field Selectable 3,6 and 12s
Sensitivity: 3 range settings
Relative Humidity: 95% (100% intermittent)
Enclosure to: IP 66 and IP 67
For information on flame detector test equipment, please

refer to the detector test equipment section.
Approvals
Various models are certified by a number of approval
bodies including those listed below. Please refer to the
Website for details.
ATEX Approved models have a suffix ‘1’ as the third digit.
FM Approved models have a suffix ‘2’ as the third digit.
NSTC
LPCB
LRS
DNV
KFEIC
SSL MCA

S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector
Additional Features
• Flexible mounting and angular adjustment
• 2 x 20mm field cable entries
• IP66/67 housing designed for external use
• Rugged 316 stainless steel housing and mounting bracket
• Operating temperature range of -40 to + 80°C
• Variable response times and sensitivity settings
• Remote self test and range setting
S200+ Flame Detectors

• True window test in detection area (i.e. not in the edge of the
window)
• Terminals provided for Remote LED connection where relevant
• BASEEFA (CENELEC) certified
• Meets the requirements of EN54 Pt10
• FM, DNV and LRS certified
• Very low power consumption (0.35mA)
• Models available with Conventional or Analogue Addressable
interface (requires 2 core cable only)
Approvals
Interface ATEX FM Product Codes
Conventional 4-20mA Addressable Relay Ex ‘ia’ Ex ‘d’ Ex ‘d’
S231i+ 516.037.004
S231f+ 516.037.003
S232f+ 516.037.015
S241i+ 516.038.004
S241f+ 516.038.003
S251i+ 516.039.004
S251f+ 516.039.003
S261f+ 516.040.002
S262f+ 516.040.012
S271i+ 516.041.004
S271f+ 516.041.003

Features
• No false alarms from welding, sunlight or high intensity
lamps
• Low maintenance costs
• Quick response to carbon fires
• Good performance (20m)
• Completely solar-blind for use outdoors
• High sensitivity with exceptional interference rejection
• ATEX approved EEx ia IIC T5
• Housing protection to IP65
S131 Flame Detectors
• 2 core interface to conventional fire systems

• Built in response indicator
• High immunity to smoke, dust and grime
S131 Infra Red Flame Detector, Solar Blind

The S131 is a single sensor infra-red flame detector with window in a GRP anti-static housing which provides
optical filtering, suitable for use outdoors in a wide range protection against water ingress under sustained, high
of applications. wind driven conditions. It is completely blind to solar
radiation whether direct, reflected or modulated.
Specifically designed for use in the demanding
environments of the onshore petro-chemical industry, the
S131 detector incorporates an abrasion resistant sapphire

Material: G.R.P. Anti-static, black 516.009.023 S131 Infra-red flame detector solar blind
Dimensions: 160H x 160W x 90D mm 517.001.146 S131/S161 Spare Gasket Kit (Pk5)
(without bracket)
Weight: 2.85 Kg (including bracket) Datasheet - Product Code PSF58 “S131 Flame Detector”
Gland Entry: 2 x 20mm Manual - Vol01A-04-D4 “Detectors Fire Manual”
Range: 0.1m2 petrol at 20m
0.4m2 petrol at 40m
Field of View: 90° min inclusive
Response Time: 3 secs min
5-10 secs typical
Supply Voltage: 15.5 to 25.5Vdc
Quiescent Current: 100µa max at 20Vdc
Alarm Current: 60mA max
Operating Temp: -30°C (-40°C with reduced
range) to +70°C
Storage Temp: -40°C to + 80°C
Relative Humidity:95% (100% intermittent)
Enclosure to: IP65
Classification: ATEX EEx ia IIC T5
Suitable for use in zones 0,1
and 2 where group IIC
gasses or lesser hazards
are present in explosive
concentrations.

Features
• Approved for use in zone 1 & 2 areas (GP11\C Gases)
• Adaptor plate to ensure perfect alignment
Flame Detection Test Equipment

S200 Series Test Equipment
Material: Glass filled polyester 592.001.016 T210+ Test source for use with
Weight: 0.8kg (517.001.224) Solo 704 Adaptor Tube B
Supply Voltage: 9Vdc and Solo 100/101 Poles
Operating Temp. 110°C to + 50°C (517.001.230/226)
Humidity: 95% (Non Condensing) 592.001.014 T210+Adaptor required for the T210+ to
Enclosure: IP54 be used with S200 and S200 Plus Flame
Classification: Atex EEx e ib 11CT4. Suitable for use in detectors
zones 1 & 2 where group 11C gases or 592.001.010 T110 PP9 Battery and Charger Kit
lesser hazards are sometimes present in
explosive concentrations.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF060 “T110/T210 Test Source”
Manual - Vol01A-01-G1 “Detectors Fire Manual”
S100 Series Test Equipment

592.001.012 T110 PP9 Battery and Charger kit
T110 Test Source for use with 592.001.011
(517.001.224) Solo 704 adaptor tube T110 Carrying case
B and Solo 100/101 poles
(517.001.230/226)
592.001.018
T110 Adaptor for series 600 and 800
flame detectors
592.001.005
T110 Adaptor for S131/161 Detectors
S100/200 Series Flame Detectors Mounting Bracket
Technical Specification Axial Rotation: 360o Product Code

Weight: 1.1Kg Elevation: 80o 517.001.184
Dimensions: 202H x 130W x Fixing: M8 bolts Flame detector bracket assembly
72D mm (Stainless Steel) for use with all
Construction: SS316 to S100/200 Series detectors
BS1449 Pt. 2

Features
• UV and UV/IR versions
• Automatic Built IN Test (BIT)
• User programmable configuration
• Standard relay and 4-20mA outputs
• MTBF minimum of 100,000 Hrs
UV/IR Flame Detection
Spectrex SharpEyeTM UV and UV/IR Flame Detectors

These detectors allow UV and UV/IR flame detection to be Environmental protection is IP66 and IP67 to EN60529 and
offered where specifically specified or in the few also meets the requirements of MIL-STD-810C.
applications where the S200 Plus Triple IR flame detector
is not suitable, such as metal fires. These models have ATEX certification EX II 2 G, EExd IIB
+ H2 T4 (85°C)
The stocklised Spectrex SharpEyeTM are available with
automatic built in test (BIT), Relay and 4-20mA output and
2 x M25 gland entries. The SharpEyeTM flame detectors are
optically based self contained, microprocessor controlled
ultravoilet/infrared (UV/IR) and ultraviolet (UV) flame
detectors.
Both models are housed in a robust heavy duty copper

free (less than 1% ) Aluminium enclosure finished in with
epoxy enamel.

Operating Temperature: -40°C to +85 °C 516.060.040 SharpEye 20/20 UB - Atex certified UV
Storage Temperature: -55°C to +85 °C flame detector with built in test,
Weight - 3.7Kg Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
Dimensions 120 x 132 x 132mm calibrated to 85 °C
516.060.041 SharpEye 20/20 LB - Atex certified UV/IR

flame detector with built in test,
Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,
calibrated to 85 °C
516.060.010 Spectrex 20/20-03 Stainless steel

mounting bracket
516.060.011 Spectrex 20/20-311Test Source
516.060.012 Spectrex Rain cover for UV and UV/IR

detectors (Stainless Steel)

System 800 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas

Complete range of ATEX certified detectors suitable for use in Zone 0,1,& 2 Areas. MX digital addressable for use on
Minerva MX Fire Controllers.
Features
Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection

• Addressable I.S. MX Technology
• Compatible with S271i+ flame detector
• Compatible I.S. callpoint.
• Atex certified intrinsically safe Ex II 1 G System
• Suitable for use in Zone 0, 1 & 2
There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing as possible to the containment wall of the Hazardous Area.
flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust or This minimises the cable lengths between the barrier and
materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed with the Hazardous Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a spark, In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could take place. certification designated for each system, it is essential that
Electrical equipment supplied for use in Hazardous Areas the certified devices are connected with cables of the
must comply with requirements to ensure that its introduction specified limits. These limits have been certified for
into the area does not increase the existing risk. System 800 specific classifications of hazard in order that energy
is an MX TechnologyTM Intrinsically Safe (I.S) system for use in storage is limited.
Hazardous Areas which can be connected to the MX Fire
Detection Systems installed in the Safe Areas.
The number of devices connected to the barrier and
The System designer must be familiar with located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
BS EN60079-14, EN50, and ATEX certification and have not more than the listed maximum.
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the The use of the MX designer Software tool will ensure
designer has all the information concerning the installation correct loop loading and it’s use is essential to the design
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be process.
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs. System 800 is for use in MX Technology Addressable Fire
detection circuits.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is
defined by a zone number. Flammable gasses are Manual Vol17A “Detection Fire Manual”
classified in Groups and their minimum spontaneous *Section is indicated next to the product code.
ignition temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety Datasheet PSF129
Products supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIC T5 would Manual 17A-02-DETEx
be suitable for use in worst case conditions. E.G. Zone 0
(ia), Hydrogen (IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm
Equipment and Safety Barriers should be placed as near

801PHEx Smoke and Heat Detector

The 801PHEx Intrinsically Safe . Heat fixed temperature 60°C (A2S (approx)
Optical Smoke & Heat Detector (no sensitivity selection) Operating Temp Range -10°C to
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically . Optical (sensitivity High, Normal +55°C
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire or Low) combined with heat fixed Storage Temp. -20°C to +55°C
Detectors, The detector plugs into temperature 60°C (A2S) Relative Humidity 90% non-
an MUBEx base. . HPO (sensitivity High, Normal or condensing
Low) combined with heat fixed
The mode of detector may be: temperature 60°C Product Code
. Optical smoke only detector . (A2S) 516.800.530.
(sentisivity High, Normal or Low) 801PHEx Optical Smoke + Heat
. HPO smoke detector (sensitivity Technical Specification Detector:
Intrinsically Safe Addressable Detection
High, Normal or Low) ATEX Code Ex II 1G Manual Vol 17A-02-PHEX

. Heat only rate-of-rise (A1R) Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
detector (no sensitivity selection) Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
801CHEx CO & Heat Detector
The 801 CHEx Intrinsically Safe Normal) combined with heat Product Code
Carbon Monoxide plus Heat Detector (A1R) 516.800.531
forms part of the 800Ex Intrinsically 801CHEx Carbon Monoxide + Heat
Safe Series of MX Addressable Fire Technical Specification Detector:
Detectors. The detector plugs into ATEX Coce: Ex II 1G
an MUBEx base. the mode of Celenec Code: EEX ia IIC T5 Manual Vol 17A-02-CHEX
detector may be: Weight: 0.2Kg detector
and base
The mode of detector may be: (approx)
. Heat only detector (A1R or A2S) Operating Temp. Range
(sensitivity: High, Normal or Low) -10°C to +55°C
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide Storage Temp. -20°C to +55°C
detector (sensitivity: High Normal Relative Humidity 90% non
or Low) condensing.
. Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High or
801HEx Heat Detector
The 801HEx Intrinsically Safe Heat Technical Specification Product Code

Detector forms part of the 800Ex ATEX Coce: Ex II 1G 516.800.532
Intrinsically Safe Series of MX Celenec Code: EEX ia IIC T5 801HEx Heat Detector
Addressable Fire Detectors. The Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
detector plugs into an MUBEx base. (approx) Manual Vol 17A-02-HEX
The mode of detector may be: Operating Temp. Range
-10°C to
. EN54-5 A1R, rate-of- rise normal +55°C
ambient Storage Temp. - 20°C to
. EN54-5 A2S, fixed 60°C +55°C
. EN54-5 CR, rate-of-rise high Relative Humidity 90% non
ambient; condensing
. ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
. Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
801FEx Flame Detector
The 801FEx point type flame Technical Specification Product Code

detector forms part of the MX Weight: 0.2Kg detector 516.800.066
Technology®range of digital and base 801FEx MX I.R. Flame Detector
addressable fire detectors. The (approx) 516.800.067
detector plugs into an MUBEx base. Operating Temp. 811FEx M MX Marine I.R. Flame
Range -20°C to Detector
The 801FEx is a full featured solar +70°C
blind flame detectors and can detect Storage Temp. -40°C to +80°C Manual Vol 17A-02-FEX
a 0.1m2 fire at a range of 20m. Relative Humidity 90% non-
condensing.
ATEX code:Ex II 1G
Cenelec code: EEx ia IIC T4.

IS28 Banshee Sounder
The IS28 MK4 intrinsically safe to approximately 90dBA when four Product Code
banshee sounder has been sounders are fitted to a circuit. 576.501.013
developed for use in hazardous IS28 MK 4 Banshee BS5839 Low
areas. Features Frequency ATEX Certified
Up to a maximum of four sounders • ATEX Certification number Intrinsically Safe - Grey Sounder
may be connected to one I.S. ITS03ATEX213311X to II G
sounder driver. Each IS28 banshee • EEX Ia IIC T5
has an output of 94dBA at one
metre, this sound output will reduce
Intrinsically Safe Ancillaries

CP840EX Break Glass Callpoint
The CP840Ex Intrinsically Safe The callpoint is designed to comply Product Code
Weatherproof Break Glass Callpoint with EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 for 514.800.513
is designed to monitor and signal intrinsically safe apparatus. It is CP840Ex MX Digital Address
the condition of the switch contact certified: Breakglass Callpoint
associated with the break glass.
• ATEX Code: Ex II1G
• Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
IF800Ex Interface Module
The Intrinsically Safe IF800EX The electronic components are Product Code
Interface Module is designed to mounted on a double sided printed 514.001.062
monitor fire contacts such as circuit board built into a potted IF800Ex MX Digital Addressable
sprinkler flow switches. The IF800Ex module formed from a plastic Interface Module Assembly:
is contained within a grey moulding. Connectivity is via two
compression moulded glass filled terminal blocks fitted to the PCB.
polyester box with 2 x 20mm cable
gland holes. • ATEX Code: Ex II1G
• Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
EXI800 Interface Module & Galvanic Isolators
The EXI800 Interface Module, used connections. The IS loop output of suitable for connecting suitable
with a galvanic isolator, provides a the EXI800 interfaces with the certified loads in Zone 0,IIC, T4-6
path for an MX panel to transparently Pepper+Fuchs KFDO-CS-Ex1.54 hazardous areas.
communicate to slave devices Galvanic Isolator supplying loop
(800Ex Detectors, IF800Ex, Interface voltage and signalling currents to the Product Codes
Module or CP840Ex Addressable Intrinsically safe Loop. The EXI800 514.001.063
Break Glass Callpoint) connected to is supplied complete with one EXI800 Interface Module
the Intrinsically Safe loop. The service tool EX dongle that is 517.001.259
interface reduces the standard MX required to activate address Pepper+Fuchs KFD0-CS-EX1.54
loop supply voltage and signalling programming using the standard MX Galvanic Isolator
currents to levels that are service tool. The MTL 5021 Isolating 557.203.008
acceptable for hazardous areas. sounder driver enables an Spare Service Tool Ex Dongle:
The EXI800 can detect a short intrinsically safe sounder device 517.001.245
circuit of the left-loop, the right-loop, located in the hazardous area, to be MTL 5021 I. S. Sounder driver
or the IS spur and will isolate the controlled from the safe area. The
offending circuit from the other loop MTL 5021 has one channel and is
IS Barrier
The MTL’DX’ Series enclosure Enclosures are usually selected on Product Codes
equipment will house the EXI800 the number of units they will 517.001.248
20mm pitch), Pepper+Fuchs KFDO- accommodate. The following table DX070 Enclosure
CS-Ex1.54 Galvanic Isolator (20mm shows the capacity of each of the 517.001.247
pitch) and MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder enclosure types. DX170 Enclosure
driver 16-2 m pitch). The units are
DIN Rain mounted with 70mm of rail
supplied in the with the DX070 and
170mm of rail in the DX170.
Enclosure MTL5000 isolators 16mm Pitch MTL7000 barriers 7.5mm Pitch
DX070 4(2*) 9(5*)

DX170 10 (8*) 22(18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB57 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included.

System 620 Fire Detection for Hazardous Areas

Complete range of ATEX certificated detectors suitable for use in Zones 0,1 and 2 Areas for use on conventional
panels.
Features
Intrinsically Safe Conventional Detection
• Conventional I.S. system

• Suitable for worst case (EEx ia IIC T5)
• Tyco High Performance Optical (HPO) smoke detector
• Compatible with S231i+ flame detector
• Compatible I.S. callpoint
System 620 Fire Detection

There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containing Barriers should be placed as near as possible to the
flammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust containment wall of the Hazardous Area. This minimises
or materials. Where these combustible materials are mixed the cable lengths between the barrier and the Hazardous
with air in sufficient concentration they form a flammable Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
atmosphere and the areas containing them are designated
Hazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEX
spark, is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could certification designated for each system it is essential that
take place. Electrical equipment supplied for use in the certified devices are connected with cables of the
Hazardous Areas must comply with requirements to ensure specified limits. These limits have been certified for specific
that its introduction into the area does not increase the classifications of hazard in order that energy storage is
existing risk. System 620 is an Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) limited.
system for use in Hazardous Areas which can be The number of devices connected to the barrier and
connected to a conventional fire Alarm Controller installed located in the Hazardous Area must always be limited to
in the Safe Areas.. not more than the listed maximum.
When a mixture of devices is connected to any one zone
The System Designer must be familiar with the numbers must be reduced in proportion to the ratio of
BS EN 60079-14 , EN50 and ATEX certification and have the load presented to the barrier. When a System includes
successfully completed an appropriate recognised course the use of an S231i+, it must be remembered that the
in Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that the load it presents to the circuit is twice that of a detector. A
designer has all the information concerning the installation mixture of large and small load devices connected to a
correctly documented. The nature of the hazard must be zone will require a calculation for the number of allowed
defined by the customer and a survey carried out to detectors.
determine the proximity of the safe area to establish cable
runs. System 620
System 620 is for use in conventional fire detection circuits.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present is Two Sounder Systems, (one earthed and one isolated), are
defined by a Zone Number. Flammable gases are classified available and either can be used with System 620.
in Groups and their minimum spontaneous ignition
temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety Products Manual - Vol01B* “Detectors Fire Manual”
supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIc T5 would be suitable * Section is indicated next to the product code.
for use in worst case conditions. Eg. Zone 0 (ia), Hydrogen
(IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm Equipment and Safety

High Performance Optical Smoke

The MR601TEX has been developed burning alcohol or other clean Product Code
to overcome the slower response of burning liquids which do not 516.054.011.Y (Vol 01B-04-D12)
the optical detectors to hot burning generate smoke particles.
MR601TEX Conventional High
fires, by increasing the sensitivity of
Performance Optical Smoke Detector
the optical detector when it is ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
associated with a rapid change in Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
temperature. In this way it is intended Operating Temp Range:
to become a detector which can -10°C to +55°C
cover some of the risks currently Storage Temp: -20°C to +55°C
covered by ion chamber detectors. Relative Humidity: 90% non-

Smoke detectors will not detect condensing
Heat Detectors
If environmental conditions rule out ambient temperatures. A fixed Operating Temp Range
the use of smoke detectors, then a temperature limit is also incorporated -10°C to +55°C
heat detector of the type in these detectors. Storage Temp. -20°C to +55°C
MD601Ex/MD611Ex may provide an In many environments, e.g. kitchens Relative Humidity 90% non-
acceptable, though less sensitive, and boiler rooms, sudden, large condensing
alternative. For general use, and changes in temperature are Product Codes
particularly where the ambient considered 'normal'. Rate-of-rise
516.052.051.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
temperature may be low, a 'Rate-of- detectors are generally not suitable in
these cases and fixed temperature MD601EX Conventional Rate of Rise
Rise' heat sensor is to be preferred.
[static] types should be used. Heat Detector
This type of sensor reacts to
abnormally high rates of change of 516.052.041.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)
temperature and provides the fastest ATEX Code : Ex II 1G MD611EX Conventional Fixed
response over a wide range of Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5 Temperature Heat Detector
Flame Detectors
Flame detectors, unlike smoke and burning fuels such as alcohol or ATEX Code: Ex II 1G D
heat detectors, do not rely on methane, i.e. fires which would not Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
convection to transport the fire be detected by smoke detectors. The Operating Temp Range:
products to the detector nor do they 601FEx Flame Sensor, by virtue of its -10°C to +55°C
rely on a ceiling to trap the products. operating wavelength and flicker Storage Temp: -20°C to +55°C
They can therefore be used to discrimination is insensitive to normal Relative Humidity: 90% non-
protect large open areas without environmental influences. For condensing
sacrificing speed of response to outdoor use a solar-blind detector
flaming fires. In order to ensure full [e.g. the S200 Plus] should be used. Product Codes
coverage however, flame detectors The 601FEx Flame detector should, 516.600.066 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
do require direct line of sight to all normally, only be used inside
parts of the protected area. buildings to supplement heat and 601FEx Infra-Red Flame Detector
smoke detectors. 516.600.067 (Vol 01C-02-D8)
Infra-red flame detectors such as the
601FEx are designed to respond 601FEx-M Infra-Red Flame Detector
rapidly to fires which involve clean- (Marine)
Carbon Monoxide Detector

The CO Fire detector is a unique complex structures such as atria Product Code
general purpose fire detector which and warehouses, where positioning 516.058.002.Y (Vol 01B-04-D13)
provides very early warning of slow of smoke detectors is difficult. MU601EX Conventional Carbon
smouldering fires. Ideal for sleeping ATEX Code : Ex II 1G Monoxide Detector
risks, the CO fire detector is also well Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
suited to many applications where Operating Temp Range:
heat detection is insufficient but -10°C to +55°C
smoke detection causes false alarms. Storage Temp: -20°C to +55°C
As CO travels more freely than Relative Humidity: 90% non-
smoke, the positioning of CO fire condensing
detectors is more flexible. This
feature is particularly useful in large

Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire & Heat Detector
The MDU601EX detector combines ATEX Code: Ex II 1G Product Code

the features of both the MU601EX Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5 516.061.001.Y (Vol 01B-04-D14)
detector and the MD601EX detector Operating Temp Range: MDU 601EX Enhanced Carbon
to provide a combined CO and Rate -10°C to +55°C Monoxide Fire
of Rise Heat Detector where the Storage Temp: -20°C to & Heat Detector
sensitivity of the CO detector is +55°C
enhanced in response to a fast rate Relative Humidity: 90% non-
of change of temperature. condensing
MUBEX Detector Base and Ancillaries
Product Code ATEX Code: Ex II 1G Product Codes

517.050.610 Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5 517.001.120
MUBEX Mounting Base Operating Temp Range: System 601 EOL Unit (Pk 10)
-10°C to +55°C 517.001.231
Storage Temp: -20°C to +55°C DHM69 Deckhead mounting kit. This
Relative Humidity: 90% non- deckhead mounting is also suitable
condensing for 300/500 series detectors.

Features
• Sealed Stainless Steel Construction
• Suitable for use in hazardous areas
T54B Heat Detectors

T54B - Point Type Heat Detector
Constructed from stainless steel, the T54B is an extremely For reliable operation, it is recommended that T54B
rugged heat detector that can be used to detect fires in the detectors have set points 20°C or 20% (whichever is
harshest of environments. The T54B can be used in higher) above the maximum temperature they will be
environments with ambient temperatures up to 200°C and, exposed to in normal operation.
being hermetically sealed is impervious to most
contaminants. Preferred factory preset temperatures are:
60, 90, 100, 145°C; normally with open contacts.
Classified as a simple device, the T54B can be used in
Zone 0 areas when connected to a suitable intrinsically
safe barrier.

Operating voltage 516.033.011 T4E60X T54B Point Type heat
@ 0.5A: 240Va.c. to 24Vdc detector - 60°C
Switching Current: 5 to 500mA 516.033.012 T4E90X T54B Point Type heat
Contact Resistance: <1 ohm detector - 90°C
Actuating Temp: 516.033.013 T4E100X T54B Point Type heat
(factory set) 60 to 240°C detector - 100°C
Fixed Temp. only: *Type E 516.033.014 T4E145X T54B Point Type heat
Accuracy: + or - 5% detector - 145°C
Ambient Temp.: -40 to +270°C
Relative Humidity: 100% RH Other temperatures and normally closed contacts are
Protection Category: IP67 available by request.
Thread Size: M20 x 1.5mm

Features
• Intrinsically Safe
• Weatherproof to IP67
• Compatible with System 620
IS Callpoint CP220EX
Intrinsically Safe Callpoints - ATEX Approved

The CP220Ex is a conventional callpoint for use on the
ATEX Certified System. System 620 is compatible with
System 1700, NT & MX Addressable DIM 800 modules.

Dimensions: 87H x 87W x 51.5Dmm 514.001.009 CP220Ex Red Callpoint intrinsically safe
Weight: 200g for use with ATEX certified conventional
Material: Polycarbonate system 620.
Conventional: Yes
Addressable: No
Colour: Red
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
CENELEC EEX ia IIC T4
BASEEFA Cert: BAS00ATEX1245X
IP Rating: IP67

Features
• Available as intrinsically safe
• Weatherproof to IP66
• Robust GRP Housing
IS Callpoint BG3
BG3 Weatherproof and Intrinsically Safe Conventional Callpoint -Atex Approved
This manual fire alarm call point is designed in Units are supplied in self coloured GRP with a ‘Burning
accordance with the latest draft European Call Point House’ duty label as standard.
Standard (EN54-11).
Weatherproof to IP66 and available certified intrinsically
safe, simple apparatus or uncertified, the units are
manufactured from glass reinforced polyester (GRP)
which provides a robust, corrosion free construction and
ensures effective and reliable operation in harsh industrial
and offshore environments.
Product Codes
514.001.059 Intrinsically Safe Callpoint (BG3I4NBN)
514.001.058 Weatherproof Callpoint (BG3W4LBN)
MODEL BG3I BG3W

PROTECTION Explosion Protected EExia Dust-tight & Weatherproof
(Intrinsically Safe)
CENELEC EN50014, 020
BASEEFA EExia IIC T4
CERTIFICATION Cert No. BAS00ATEX1067X Not Applicable
Suitable for use in Zones 0,1, & 2
VOLTAGE Up to 28V (IS) Up to 250 V a.c.
CERTIFIED TEMPERATURE -55°C TO +55°C Not Applicable
INGRESS PROTECTION IP66 IP66
EUROPEAN STANDARD FOR CALLPOINTS EN54-11 EN54-11
TERMINALS 6 X 4.0mm2 6 X 4.0mm2
SWITCH RATINGS Not Applicable DC: 0 - 30V 3A resistive or inductive
30V - 50V 1A resistive or inductive
AC: 0 - 250V 3A resistive or inductive
CABLE ENTRIES 2 X M20 Top or Bottom 2 X M20 Top or Bottom
WEIGHT 0.5Kg 0.5Kg
MATERIAL UV resistant glass reinforced polyester UV resistant glass reinforced polyester
FINISH Natural Red GRP Natural Red GRP

Intrinsically Safe Barriers - Atex Approved

The following section relates to a range of intrinsically safe barrier and isolator equipment for use with Tyco Safety
Products manufactured fire detection systems. It essentially encompasses the relevant MTL 5000 and MTL 7000
series barriers plus the associated housing options as an alternative to existing MTL 700 series equipment.
On all issues of intrinsically safe systems design, please refer to Manual 26A for guidance.
Galvanic Isolators - MTL 5000

Intrinsically Safe Barriers
The MTL 5061 is a two channel hazardous area, to be controlled enclosure equipment (16.2mm
interface for use with conventional from the safe area. The MTL 5021 pitch).
fire and smoke detectors located in barrier is designed as a CE marked Product Codes
hazardous areas. This galvanic replacement for the existing MTL
517.001.244
isolator is CE marked, and replaces 3021 barrier. It has one channel and
the MTL 3043 barrier option. It is is suitable for connecting loads in MTL 5061 2 channel galvanic
suitable for connecting loads in Zone Zone 0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous area if isolator for conventional detector
0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous areas if suitably certified. zone - used on BASEEFA Approved
suitably certified. System 601
When designing new systems or
The MTL 5021 Isolating sounder upgrading existing MTL 3000 series 517.001.245
driver enables an intrinsically safe systems to MTL 5000 series, please MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder driver
sounder device located in the use the appropriate MTL “DX” series
Xener Barriers - MTL 7100
The MTL 7100 Series intrinsically One secondary replaceable fuse for barrier. Currently, there is no direct
safe shunt-diode safety barriers are each barrier channel is provided and alternative for the MTL 788+ barrier
innovative devices designed to is lower in value than the safety used with the MINERVA addressable
provide exceptionally high packing related fuse. Fuses are packaged in system. So addressable MINERVA
densities, straightforward installation small mouldings which can be systems must use the existing MTL
and simplified connection, latched in a disconnect position to 788+ barrier and associated
commissioning and maintenance break the safe and hazardous areas housing option (7mm pitch).
facilities. The MTL 7100 Series during commissioning, maintenance
include secondary replaceable and fault finding, thus avoiding the Product Code
fuses. These are useful where there need for additional disconnect
517.001.246
is the possibility of faults occurring terminals.
during commissioning, which would MTL 7128+ Zener Safety Barrier for
otherwise blow the barriers’ internal conventional detection circuits
Please note that this barrier is a
safety fuses. designed in accordance with System
direct alternative for the MTL 728+
601
MTL 700
The MTL700 series are 1 or 2 Product Codes

channel devices which pass the 517.001.201
electrical signal from fire detectors to
MTL728 Single Channel Zener
the control panel or from the control
Safety Barrier
panel to the output device. The
barriers limit the amount of energy 517.001.202
to a level that cannot ignite explosive MTL788 Dual Channel Zener Safety
atmospheres. The over-voltage Barrier
protection provided by a Shunt- 546.004.005
Diode Safety Barrier is with
Intrinsically safe sounder circuit
reference to the safety barrier earth
interface module
connection. It is therefore imperative
that a HIGH INTEGRITY EARTH is
used for this type of barrier
(14.2mm pitch).

Safety Enclosures
DX Series Enclosures
The MTL ‘DX’ Series enclosure Product Codes

equipment is designed to house MTL 517.001.248
5000 isolating interfaces and MTL
DX070 Enclosure MTL 5000/7000
7000 series shunt diode safety
series barriers
barriers. Enclosures are usually
selected on the number of units they 517.001.247
will accommodate. The following DX170 Enclosure for MTL5000/7000
table shows the capacity of each of series barriers
Intrinsically Safe Barrier Housings

the enclosure types.
Enclosure MTL5000 Isolators 16mm Pitch MTL7000 Barriers 7.5mm Pitch

DX070 4 (2*) 9 (5*)
DX170 10 (8*) 22 (18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB7 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included
UC Series Enclosures
The UC series of enclosures Product Codes

provides a simple but effective 517.001.196
means of mounting and protecting
UC2 4 Way Barrier Housing
the MTL3000 series units, in safe
areas. A standard lightweight 517.001.197
enclosure with transparent lid, which UC4 8 Way Barrier Housing
can accommodate 4 units. The
polycarbonate enclosures are impact
resistant, flame retardant and
dustproof to IP65.
MT Series Enclosures
The MT series of enclosures Product Codes

provides a simple, effective means 517.001.198
of mounting and protecting MTL700
MT2 2,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
Series barriers in safe areas or
low-risk hazardous areas. Three 517.001.199
lightweight polycarbonate enclosures MT5 5,Way Zener Barrier Housing.
with see through lids accommodate 517.001.200
up to 2, 5 and 12 barriers in the safe
MT12 12,Way Zener Barrier Housing
area. All the enclosures are supplied
ready fitted with a nickel plated brass
busbar mount, so barriers can be
installed and wired up immediately
without special tools.
Ancillaries
The ERL7 earth rail is a nickel plated Product Codes
3 x 10mm rail (1 metre long), 517.001.205
suitable for a do-it-your self
ERL7 Earth rail I.S. systems
mounting arrangement. It will
accommodate up to 2.5 ETM7 earth 517.001.206
terminals per barrier location for ETM7 Earth termination connection
terminating earth returns and cable system
screens from the hazardous area. 517.001.207
IMB7 Insulating mounting block
The IMB7 mounts on a flat surface
517.001.120
or top hat rail (35mm) or G-profile
rail and acts as a convenient method System 601 EOL Unit (PK10)
for mounting the earth busbar.

Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection
Beam and Linear Heat Detectors

Beam type smoke detection is ideal for large open span buildings where point type detection is unsuitable i.e.
warehousing & sports halls. The range of Linear Heat Detection is of particular use in tunnels and cable ducts and
other similar areas.
Features
Beam Detectors
• Range 5 metres up to 100 metres

• Area coverage up to 1400m2
• Selectable sensitivity
• Self-check and automatic compensation
• Manual or automatic reset
• Optional Mx Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
• Suitable for both conventional and addressable fire
systems
• Fire/fault interface to MX controller
• Low current consumption
• Flexible system design options
• Robust metal construction
• Designed to conform to BS5839 Part 5
Optical Beam Smoke Detectors
The FIRE-RAY 2000 is an active infra-red smoke detector. Analysis of the modulated infra-red beam by the Control
The system comprises of three base elements i.e. a Unit determines whether smoke is present, and if so
transmitter, receiver and Control Unit. generates an alarm signal.

Technical Specification 516.015.006.A FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
Dimensions(mm) Weight detector VdS approved, ADT Branded
Height Width Depth (Kg) 516.015.006.T FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
Transmitter/Receiver 95 75 115 0.4 detector VdS approved, Thorn Branded
Control Unit 260 210 80 2.25 920450 FireRay2000 -UL Optical beam smoke
BDM800 (with M520 encl.) 87 148 14 0.1 detector - UL approved
516.015.007 FireRay2000 Retro-Reflector 100 x100mm
Voltage Range- Fireray 2000 +11.5 to +28Vdc 516.015.008 FireRay2000 Alignment tool
BDM800 40V Loop Power
Fireray 2000 Quiescent Current <13mA Spares
Fireray 2000 Alarm Current <20mA 515484 FireRay2000 Spare Transmitter
515485 FireRay2000 Spare Receiver
515487 FireRay2000 Spare Main PCB
Operating Temp. Range - Fireray -10oC to +55oC
BDM800 -10oC to +55oC
Humidity up to 95% RH
(Fireray 2000 & LPBD521)
(Non-condensing)
Fireray 2000 Enclosure IP54

Features
• Range 5 to 50 metres (50R)
• Range 50 to 100 metres (100R)
• Area of coverage up to 750m2 (50R), 1500m2 (100R)
• Selectable sensitivity
• Self-check and automatic compensation
• Manual or Automatic Reset
• Optional MX Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)
Beam Detectors
• Suitable for both Conventional and Addressable Systems
• Fire/Fault Interface to the MX Controller
• Flexible System Design Options
• Robust ABS Construction
• Designed to Conform to BS5839 Part 5, EN54 Part 12, UL
and VdS
Fire-Ray 50/100R
The FIRE-RAY 50/100R is a reflective infra-red beam smoke The electronics of the combined transmitter and receiver
detector. The system comprises of two base elements i.e. a unit analyse the reflected beam from the prism for smoke
combined infra-red transmitter and receiver in a common and generates an alarm condition if a pre-determined level
housing and a reflective prism. is reached.

Technical Specification 516.015.011 Fire Ray 50R 5 to 50 Metre Reflective
Dimensions(mm) Weight Beam Detector
Height Width Depth (Kg) 516.015.012 Fire Ray 100R 50 to 100 Metre Reflective
Transmitter/Receiver 210 130 120 0.7 Beam Detector
BDM800 (with M520 encl.) 87 148 14 0.1
Voltage Range - Fire Ray 50/100R +10.2 to +30Vdc

BDM800 40V Loop Power
Fire Ray 50/100R Quiescent Current <4mA @ 24Vdc
Fire Ray 50/100R Alarm Current 15mA
Operating Temp Range - Fire Ray 50/100R -30°C to + 55°C

BDM800 -10°C to + 55°C
Ingress Protection IP50

(Fire Ray 50/100R)

Features
• Fibre optic sensor loop up to 2km
• Continuous temperature profiles of temperature on a PC
• Programmable functions
• Up to 200 Programmable fire detection zones
• Multiple and programmable Alarm levels per fire
detection zone
• Variable rate of rise function
• Unrivalled response times
Linear Heat Detection
• Optional outputs
• Modbus Serial Data
MXF100
This new technology uses a laser light source to launch monitoring information centre e.g. SCADA. The definition
light signals into an optical fibre. As pulses travel down for the bespoke MXF Protocol is also available to enable
the fibre, energy is lost through scattering. A fraction of the development of alternative graphic display interfaces.
the scattered signal is retained within the fibre. A portion The full 200 zone capability of the system can be
of this is directed back along the fibre towards the laser exploited using either the Modbus or MX Protocols.
source - this signal is called backscatter. Part of the back
scatter signal (Raman Scattering) is used to provide The MXF100 Control Unit is supplied in a wall mounted
accurate remote temperature measurements at hundreds cabinet whose style and livery match that of the latest
of points along the fibre. range of Minerva MX control panels. It is designed to
The MXF100 uses standard communications grade optical receive the MXF100 optics unit and provides local alarm
fibre of the 62.5/125 graded index multimode type. The and fault indications, a PSM800 Power Supply Module,
temperature range is predominantly a function of the field terminals for connection to signalling relays and a
coating used to protect the optical fibre as the fibre itself termination box for the fibre optic splice joints to the
is well behaved over a wide temperature range. sensing cable.
Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as a sensing
medium. The signals are immune to electromagnetic Standards
interference thereby ensuring integrity of readings from The MXF100 System complies with:
electrically noisy areas. As no electrical current is used in • EMC Directive 89/336 EEC
the sensing fibre and the fibre is a relatively inert and • Low Voltage Directive 72/2/EEC
dielectric (non-conducting) medium, it is a safe
technology to use in hazardous environments.
The MXF100 provides several output options, which
operate concurrently to give system design flexibility. 30
programmable relays can be used to map out alarm
zones and signal into a Fire Panel either directly or via an
addressable interface module such as the MX CIM800.
Protocol definition data is provided to enable the MXF100
to be connected via a PLC to a centralised control and
Dimensions (mm): 559W x 588H x 120D 516.016.111 MXF100 Fibre Optic Linear Heat
Supply Voltage: 230Volt 60Hz/18-32Vdc Detection control unit c/w wall mounted
(from Analyser) cabinet and PSU.
Power Consumption (Analyser): 25W Max 516.016.112 MXF-SL Sensor Line Thermoplastic
Supply Current (Analyser): <1A@24Vdc sensor cable (1km reel)
Fuse rating: <2A (Anti Surge) 516.016.113 MXF-SS Sensor Tube Stainless Steel
Interface Options: Sensor Cable (1km reel)
2 X RS232 Ports - PC & Modbus connection 516.016.115 MXF100 Assembly for fitting into a
30 X Programmable Relay Outputs - SPDT 1A @ 24 Vdc custom housing
Operating Temperature: 0°C to + 40°C
Additional Features
Storage Temperature: -40°C to + 65°C
Humidity: 0 to 95% RH (non condensing) • Direct to PC • High System Integrity
Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC): • Volt free contacts • Automatic failure mode
Assessed for Immunity to BS EN 50082-2 and BS EN • Insensitive to EMI analysis
50130-4 • Loop break recovery operation
• Intrinsically safe sensor
Assessed for Emmisions to EN61000-6-3 • Diagnostic capability
• Uses standard communications
• Fire progression monitoring
grade optical fibre
• No cable maintenance
• Choice of cable construction
• Modem for remote
• Cable construction for extreme communication
environments

MXF Optical Fibre Temperature Sensing
USER
Sensor Cable
MXF100
MXF Protocol

Optional Remote PC
Modbus
PLC SCADA
Relays
ADDRESSABLE
RELAY INTERFACE FIRE ALARM
PANEL
Minerva Fireline MXF100 Typical System Layout
Features
• Easy and cost effective installation
• Good sensitivity with adjustable alarm threshold
• Open and short circuit monitoring
• Suited for outdoor and indoor applications
• Can be used in hazardous areas
• Mechanical protection is provided for cables in areas
where damage may occur
• Chemical resistance sheathing is available for areas
where petro-chemical corrosion may occur.

The LD40 linear heat detection system is used to monitor The sensor cable is unaffected by dust, moisture or
fire (or overheat) conditions in confined or polluted areas vibration and requires little maintenance.
or where there are adverse or unusually variable
environmental conditions.

Dimensions: 170H x 105W x 111D mm 516.016.005 LD40 High resistance sensor cable blue -
Weight: 0.55Kg 200M reel
Operating Temp: -25°C to +70°C 516.016.006 LD40 High resistance sensor cable black
Relative humidity: Up to 98% RH non-condensing - 200M reel (Nylon sheath suitable for
Rating: IP55 petrochemical exposure)
Operating Voltage: +8 to +30Vdc 516.016.010 LD40 EOL Termination kit (PK10)
Quiescent Current: 60-80µA 516.016.011 LD40 In-line Jointing kit
516.016.012 LD40 Analyser module with conventional
detection zone interface. Requires a
DIM800 or similar zone module interface
to MX Technology addressable loops

Chapter 11 - Detector Test Equipment
Detector Test Equipment Point Detector Testing/

Commissioning Equipment
The solo range of test equipment provides a range of easy to use products for commissioning and servicing all
types of point detectors.
Telescope Poles
Solo Detector Test Equipment
Product Codes 517.001.226 517.001.264

517.001.230 SOLO101 Extension tube 1.13M SOLO 610 Protective Carry/Storage
SOLO100 Telescopic pole 1.26M to long for use with 517.001.230 Bag for Solo Detector Test Kit
4.5M long Telescopic extension pole
SOLO330 Test Gas Dispenser

Product Code
517.001.255
SOLO330 Aerosol dispenser for use
with all detector ranges. Connects
directly to SOLO100/101 poles
SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester
Product Codes SOLO724 charger. (Connects 517.001.243

517.001.254 directly to SOLO100/101 poles). SOLO725 Spare mains/car battery
SOLO461 Cordless heat detector 517.001.242 charger for SOLO720 battery baton
tester kit including SOLO460 tester, SOLO720 Spare battery baton for
SOLO720 battery batons and use with SOLO 450/460 tester
Smoke Detector Test Gas
Product Code
517.001.256
Suretest Solo aerosol tester can. For
use with SOLO 330 dispenser. Non-
flammable, ozone and environment
friendly. Approx 200 tests per can
CO Detector Tester
Product Code
517.001.262
CO Detector Tester Solo C3-006 for
use with Solo 330 dispenser
800RT Detector Removal Tool
The 800RT detector removal tool fits The tool also enables detector dust Product Codes
the SOLO range of telescopic poles covers to be easily removed. 516.800.917
and allows the 800 Series detectors The 800RT is also compatible for 800RT removal tool
to be remotely fitted, removed and use with M600 and M900 Series Low 572.005
turned to the “park” position. Profile detectors. 800RT removal tool
SOLO704
Product Code
517.001.224
SOLO704 Adaptor tube B - Adapts
SOLO100/101 pole sets for TYCO
detector changers and testers
SOLO200
Product Code manufacturers detectors - not
517.001.240 suitable for 600/800/900 series low
profile. Connects directly to
SOLO200 Universal detector
SOLO100/101 poles.
changer for use with various

Chapter 11- Detector Test Equipment
SOLO TEST EQUIPMENT FOR POINT & FLAME DETECTORS
517.001.262
517.001.256
517.800.917
800 RT
DETECTOR CHANGER
Solo Detector Test Equipment

Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Callpoints
A comprehensive range of both conventional and addressable callpoints. The range includes weatherproof models
for external mounting.
Features
Callpoints
• Integral LED indicator for easy identification of operation

• Surface or flush mounting
• Extensive range of conventional and analogue
addressable callpoints
• Test key facility, speeds maintenance visits
• Optional transparent hinged cover
• Hazardous areas models available (See Special Hazards
Section)
• IP67 Waterproof models for external applications
MCP and CP Series Callpoints

A comprehensive range of callpoints for use with both This operates a switch and is indicated by an LED
conventional and addressable systems. All the callpoints indicator. If required, an optional transparent hinged cover
are designed to enable an alarm signal to be given by may be installed to guard against accidental operation.
breaking a glass element.
(Indoor & Outdoor)
Housing: Modified Polyphenylene
Oxide[Noryl SE100]
Operating Temp.: -20°C to +70°C
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF36 “CP200 Series Break Glass
Detectors”
Manual - Vol08A-02-D9/D10/D27 “Ancillaries Manual”
Commonly Used Callpoints

Model Colour Type IP Rating R1/R2 Ohms
MCP200 Red Conventional Alert 24D 120/470
MCP210 Red Conventional Evacuate 24D 49/39
CP230 Red Conventional Alert 67 120/470
MCP270 Yellow Conventional Evacuate 24D 47/39
Keyswitch White Conventional 24D Not Applicable
CP820 Red MX Addressable 24D Not Applicable
CP830 Red MX Addressable 67 Not Applicable

Chapter 12- Callpoints
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
Indoor Callpoint Outdoor Callpoint (IP67)

Weight: 200g Weight: 400g
124mm
87mm 51.5mm
87mm
Although the callpoint can 15mm
be fitted on a 16mm deep
box this leaves little room
for the conductors: A
124mm
87mm
25mm deep box is
MX Addressable Callpoints
87mm
recommended.
39mm
Note: Contacts rated at 32Vdc @ 100mA
Red
59mm
Conventional Callpoints
10
Typical Conventional Wiring 5m
Typically the conventional callpoint devices draw m
no current in the ‘off’ state, but when activated,
R2 R1 R2 R1 will present an alarm load to the fire detection
control panel. The alarm load is defined by the
75mm
internal resistance arrangement for the device.
IN
OUT
-
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
The CP820 is an indoor MX Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH 514.800.503.A

addressable manual callpoint with non-condensing CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English –
programmable status LED. The Dimensions: 87H x 87W x 51D ADT Branded)
CP820 is designed for LPCB (19mm flush 514.800.503.Y
approvals and the CP820M for Marine mount) CP820 Indoor Callpoint (English
approvals. The CP820 provides high Weight: 200g –TYCO Branded)
speed communication to the MX Quiescent Current: 0.25mA 552.006
panel of a manual fire alarm. Alarm Current: 2.5mA CP820 Indoor Callpoint (International)
Ident. Value: 129 514.800.511.T
Technical Specification Thorn KAC Indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54 552.004
Pt:11 Product Codes Zettler KAC indoor Callpoint (Dutch)
EMC/RFI: Equal or 514.800.503.T 514.800.505.T
exceeds EN1 & EN50082-1 CP820 Indoor Callpoint CP820M Marine Indoor Call Point
Operating Temp.: -20°to +70°C (English – Thorn Branded) (Thorn)
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
The CP830 is an outdoor MX 30D mm 552.007

addressable manual callpoint with Weight: 200g CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
programmable status LED. The Quiescent Current: 0.25mA (International)
CP830 is designed for LPCB Alarm Current: 2.5mA 552.005
approvals and the CP830M for Marine Ident. Value: 130 Zettler KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
approvals. The CP830 provides high 514.800.512.T
speed communication to the MX Product Codes Thorn KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)
panel of a manual fire alarm. 514.800.504.T 514.800.506.T
CP830 Outdoor Callpoint CP830M Marine Outdoor Callpoint
Technical Specification (English – Thorn Branded) (Thorn)
Meets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54
Pt:11 514.800.504.A
EMC/RFI: Equal or CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
exceeds EN61000-6-3 & EN50082-1 (English – ADT Branded)
Operating Temp.: -20° to +70°C
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH 514.800.504.Y
non-condensing CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
Dimensions: 135H x 135W x (English – TYCO Branded)

Conventional MCP200 Callpoint
The MCP200 is a red indoor callpoint Product Codes 90-110

with ‘alert’ resistors and LED 514.001.142.A Standard KAC KR-1 Flush Callpoint
indicator. The MCP200 is LPCB (No resistors fitted)
MCP200 without backbox-ADT
approved. 70-133
branded lid
Standard KAC KR72-680 Flush
514.001.142.T
Callpoint
MCP200 without backbox - Thorn
(680 Ohms resistance)
Security branded lid
514.001.142.Y
MCP200 without backbox - Tyco
branded lid
Conventional Callpoints
Conventional MCP210/MCP211 Callpoint
The MCP210 is a red indoor callpoint 514.001.143.Y 514.001.160.Y

with LED indicator and evacuate MCP210 Tyco branded MCP211 Without backbox - Tyco
resistors. The MCP210 is LPCB Branded Lid
approved and is supplied without a 514.001.160.A
The MCP211 is a red indoor callpoint MCP211 Without backbox - ADT
backbox.
with evacuate resistors and LED Branded Lid
Product Codes indicator. (For use with the
514.001.160.T
514.001.143.A MXC/MXCE Panels only).
MCP211 Without backbox - Thorn
MCP210 ADT branded Security Branded Lid
514.001.143.T
MCP210 Thorn Security branded
Conventional CP230 Callpoint
The CP230 is an IP67 red Product Codes 514.001.010.Y

weatherproof callpoint with LED 514.001.010.A CP230 Tyco branded
indicator and LPCB approved. CP230 ADT branded
514.001.010.T
CP230 Thorn branded
Conventional MCP270 Callpoint
Product Code
514.001.114
MCP270 Yellow callpoint ‘Evacuate’
complete with LED indicator and
backbox - LPCB approved
Other Conventional Callpoints & Keyswitches
Product Code
514.002.002.A
White keyswitch in callpoint housing.
English ‘Bomb Alert’ marking with
ADT branded lid
Special Marine Callpoints

514.001.012 CP250M Marine callpoint complete
CP260M Marine callpoint complete with LED indicator surface mount
with LED indicator - IP67

Callpoint Ancillaries

90-107 Test keys for all MCP and CP style callpoints
Red M141 spacer for red CP200/800
KAC callpoints
515.001.128
Callpoint hinged cover for use on
MCP callpoints models (Colour -
Callpoint Ancillaries & Pullstations

Clear)
515.001.026
Black callpoint bezel for CP200/800
models.
Ancillaries - Back Boxes
Product Codes Unless stated the indoor callpoints are supplied

515.001.021 as flush mount units. The range is approved for
use with the standard backbox. However, SR2-T
Standard Red surface mounting back and SR3-T backboxes are also available.
box for MCP & CP indoor callpoints
10-115
SR2-T Optional Back Box (2
terminals)
95-131
SR3-T Optional Back Box (3
terminals)
Pullstations & Ancillaries
The RMS series of manual pull contacts @ 10 amps meet most (double pole, single throw optional)
stations are of high quality non-toxic electrical requirements. Contact Rating: 10 Amps @
die-cast construction. Having a ‘conventional’ pull station 125/250Va.c.
Low profile and smooth edges offer design the RMS series stations offer Wire AWG: 12 to 22 AWG
an attractive yet functional design. All easy identification. Wiring: Terminal block
components are pre-painted or have connections
plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion. Features (6-32 w/sem plate)
The RMS series of manual • Die cast metal construction Switch: 10 Amp @
pullstations have a 10 amp snap • Low profile functional design 120Va.c.
action switch. They can be used with • Dual action option Key Switch: (pre-signal) 0.5
or without a break glass rod for • Institutional (Key operated) option Amp 30Vdc
• Explosion proof option
positive indication that the unit has
• Break glass option
been operated. • Weatherproof option Product Code
• Hex screw or key lock reset 960673 RMS-1T Single action pull
Hazardous Locations options station
The RMS series of pull stations are • UL Listed 960687 Surface Mount Back Box
constructed of high strength metal for use with RMS Pull
die cast alloy. Technical Specification Stations
The UL rating of Class I Group B Dimensions: 118H x 83W x
960684 Spare glass rod for use
(Hydrogen) C & D, Class II Groups E, 37D mm
with RMS pull stations
F, G, Class III and outdoor rating of (RMS-1T)
type 4X, allows these stations to offer Weight: 560g (RMS-1T)
unmatched placement flexibility. The Contact: Single pole,
terminal block connections, D.P.D.T single throw

Callpoint Spare Glasses - Current
Product Codes 515.001.127 515.001.014

515.001.119 Deformable operating unit “glass” CP200/500/900 Spare glasses, white
EN54 Part 11 Spare Glass for MCP with English text for use in place of Arabic text on clear background
and CP series Callpoints (Pack of 5) glasses, for kitchens or other areas (Pack of 5)
where glass is not acceptabl. For
515.001.025 MCP callpoints only. 515.001.023
CP200/500/900 Glasses, clear English CP200/500/900 spare glasses for
text on white background. No logo 515.001.024 CP200N/CP500N, white dutch text
(Pack of 5). CP200/500/900 spare glasses, white on clear background (Pack of 5)
Arabic/English text with Thorn
Spare Callpoint Glasses
Security logo on white background

(Pack of 5)
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Old

Product Codes
515.001.010
Walsall callpoint glasses (Pack of 10)
for service spares. The Walsall
callpoint is an old square callpoint
with round glass
515.001.009
CP100A glass unscored (Pack 10)
for service spares. The CP100A has
a large square glass to the edge of
the callpoint. Used on the same AFA
systems as the ZF121.
515.001.003
ZF121 Callpoint glass (Pack 10) for
service spares. The ZF121 is a
square metal fronted AFA MINERVA
callpoint typically used on Firefinder,
System 1100, ZF/System 1200, CP
and CT systems

Features
• Prevents accidental operation of callpoints
• Strong polycarbonatte construction
• Optional break seal kit
Callpoint Stoppers
STOPPER
The callpoint STOPPER provides protection from malicious or WARNING:- Break seals only to be fitted by agreement with
accidental activation of manual callpoints. Available for flush or relevant fire authorities.
surface mounted callpoints the ‘STOPPER’ is also available with
optional high pitch sounder which is activated when the lid is lifted. The STOPPER is suitable for all callpoints up to 100mm square,
An optional ‘Break-Seal’ fitting kit allows ‘Break-Seals’ to be used including CP820, CP920, CP200 and other indoor KAC style
to provide extra protection. callpoints.
STOPPER STOPPER II With Sounder Weatherproof
Product Code Ref Flush Surface
515.001.029 STI6530
515.001.030 STI6531
515.001.036 STI6535
515.001.034 STI1230
515.001.035 STI3150
515.001.031 STI6532
515.001.032 STI6533
STOPPER Dimensions Product Code

515.001.033
IPO36 Break Seal Kit (pack of 1)
Flush Fit Surface Fit

(+30mm)
Stopper STI6530 STI6531
Stopper with Sounder STI6532 STI6533
STOPPER STOPPER II
Max. Callpoint Size 100 x 100mm 160 x 160 mm
Max. Callpoint Depth 57.5 120
(+30mm Surface)
Millimetres
A 137
STOPPER II Dimensions B 140
C 104
D 45
E 12.5
F 12.5
G 185
H 12.5
Stopper II Surface Fit - STI1230

Features
• Strong polycarbonate construction
• Will accommodate CP230 and CP830 callpoints
• Tamper resistant
Callpoint Stoppers
STOPPER II
STOPPER II is constructed as the STOPPER from tough injection The STOPPER II is suitable for callpoints up to 160mm square like the
moulded polycarbonate. Physically larger than the STOPPER the DIN820/830 and CP830.
STOPPER II extends the number of products to which these tough
multi-purpose covers can protect.
It consists of a strong tamper-proof clear polycarbonate cover and

frame that fits easily over such products as break glass callpoints.
STOPPER II can also be fitted with an integral battery powered
sounder which activates if the cover is lifted.
Product Codes
515.001.034 STI1230 Surface Fit STOPPER II
Features
• Strong polycarbonate construction
• Provides environmental protection
• Ideal for offshore environments
Weather STOPPER & Weather STOPPER II

The Weather STOPPER and Weather STOPPER II extends the life of While offering environmental protection the Weather STOPPER and
weather exposed devices, such as break glass callpoints, by offering Weather STOPPER II are constructed from tough durable
protection against harsh conditions and environments. Experience polycarbonate which will also guard against tampering, vandalism or
has shown that this protective cover can extend the life of products accidental operation of devices such as emergency switches.
installed in saline atmospheres, such as oil rigs and ship decks.
Product Codes
515.001.036 STI6535 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER
515.001.035 STI3150 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER II

Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard
The Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard is Suitable for use with System Sensor, Product Code
manufactured from tough coated Hochiki and Fireray 2000 detectors. 516.015.009
steel rod and is designed to protect STI9625 Smoke beam/CCTV guard
projected beam detectors or CCTV Technical Specification
cameras from vandalism or Dimensions: 260H x 200W x
accidental damage. 321D mm
Extinguisher STOPPER
Stoppers and Key Boxes

The Extinguisher STOPPER is a self extinguisher is removed from its Product Codes
powered electronic security device normal position. 515.001.038
which can be installed and One end of the operating cable is STI6200 Extinguisher STOPPER
protecting fire extinguishers in crimped and secured around the 515.001.039
minutes. The Extinguisher STOPPER neck of the extinguisher and inserted CO23 Spare key for extinguisher
is an effective way to stop vandalism, into the alarm unit. If the operating stopper
misuse or theft. This simple self cable is detached from the unit a
contained device incorporates a 10dB sounder is activated.
unique and patented steel cable
operated switch mechanism, which
activates a piercing alarm when the
Exit STOPPER
The Exit STOPPER is a completely A key operated over-ride facility is remote and double door installation.
self contained and self powered incorporated into the front of the unit, The unit comes complete with low
security device to protect and deter which will allow authorised use of the battery warning, automatic reset
the unauthorised use of emergency emergency door. facility, a choice of steady pulsating
exit doors. It is a versatile, reliable tones, a 9V long life alkaline battery
and extremely easy to install The Exit STOPPER is injection and installation pack.
electronic door alarm. If the door is moulded in flame retardant
opened the Exit STOPPER activates polycarbonate and can be easily Product Code
a 110dB electronic sounder. installed on wooden, glass or metal 515.001.037
doors. There are also options for STI6400 Red Exit STOPPER
Keybox
This tough polycarbonate breakglass Product Code

keybox is available to protect 515.001.043
emergency keys. STI6720 Keybox with printed glass

Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
MINERVA Range of Sounders

A wide range of electronic sounders together with bells, sirens and voice sounders.
Sounders & Beacons
A range of sounders to meet a wide variety of alarm applications where loud, penetrating and distinctive warnings must
be given to alert people of fire situations. In addition, multitone electronic sounders can give a variety of sounds to
signal other conditions e.g. “extinguishing gas release imminent”, etc.
Features
• Wide range of both bells and electronic sounders • Distinct sounds are available
• High sound output characteristics • Motorised and Solenoid bells available
• Low current consumption • Wide range of voltages available
• Clean lines, modern styling
• Easy to install, low installation costs
• Weatherproof units for outdoor use
Datasheet - Product Code PSF11 “Audible Alarms”
Sounder Type Weight Enclosure Current Sound Frequency Output

(Kg) to IP Consumption Output (Hz)
@24V d.c. db @ 1m
150mm 6” Solenoid Bell 1.3 IP20/44 50mA 91 Ringing A
150mm 6” Motorised Bell 0.41 IP22 11mA 95 Ringing A
200mm 8” Motorised Bell 0.64 IP22 17mA 97 Ringing A
FM Bedroom Sounder 0.19 IP44 7mA 90 800-950 AB
Squashni Sounder 0.18 IP43 20mA 85 800-970 ABCD
YODALARM YO3 0.24 IP54 35mA 97 800-1000 ABE
A - Continuous
B - Fast Sweep ie 9 times/sec
C - Slow Sweep ie 3 times/sec
D - Buzz ie 120 times/sec
E - Interrupted

Bells
Features
• Solenoid Operated
• Designed for Long Life
• Stove Enamelled Dome
Bells
6” Red Solenoid Operated Friedland Bell
The bells are the underdome type, with a high resonance The operating mechanism is fully enclosed and the gong is
pressed alloy-steel gong to ensure a loud clear-tone ring. red stove enamelled for long life. The bells are designed
for internal use, but gasket sealed conduit boxes can be
provided for external use.
Product Codes
576.500.004.A 240V Red bell 6” 240Va.c. solenoid 576.500.009.T 24V Bell 6” 24V d.c. solenoid
operated. ‘Fire’ text with ADT branding operated.‘Fire’ text with Thorn branding
576.500.004.T 240V Red bell 6” 240Va.c. solenoid 577.001.002 Weatherproof gasket box 6” for use with
operated. ‘Fire’ text with Thorn branding Solenoid operated bells
576.500.009.A 24V Bell 6” 24V d.c. solenoid operated.
‘Fire’ text with ADT branding
Features
• CE marked
• Low current 6” bell (ONLY 11MA)
• Low cost
• Extra high 95dBA/m
• Slim profile (53mm)
• Fully suppressed and polarised
• Quick and easy to install
• LPCB approved to EN54 Pt 3
6” & 8” Motorised Bells Product Codes

Model MBF-6EV MBF-8EV MBA 8EV 576.501.039.A MBF-6EV ADT Branded
Rated Voltage 24V d.c. 24V d.c. 24V d.c. 576.501.039.T MBF-6EV Thorn Branded
Rated Current 11mA 17mA 18mA 576.501.040.A MBF-8EV ADT Branded
Sound output 90-95dBA 90-97dBA 91-97dBA 576.501.044.A MBA-8EV ADT Branded
Operating Temp -12 to +50°C -10 to +50°C 576.501.044.T MBA-8EV Thorn Branded
Colour Red 576.501.045 BBX4 (2) W/P Backbox for MBA-8 Bell
Weight 410g 640g 1100g with back box
(Other branding available on request.)

Page 127
Features
• Low Current Consumption
• Supressed and Polarised
• Sturdy Construction
Bells
CF Motorised Bells
The CF Motorised bells are low current, fully suppressed
and polarised.

Dimensions: 6 & 8” Diameter available 576.501.022.A 6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Colour: Red (other colours available ADT Branding
to order) 576.501.022.T 6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Output Voltage: 18-30Vdc Thorn Branding
Typical Current: 22mA@24Vdc 576.501.023.A 8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Typ. Sound Output: 94dB(A)@1m ADT Branding
576.501.023.T 8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Thorn Branding
Features
• Weatherproof Option
• Flexible Mounting Option
• Attractive Design
Electronic Solenoid Bell

Unique patented alarm bell with miniature solenoid and
integrated electronic control. No backbox required for
surface wiring.

Dimensions: 6” diameter 20-100 6” 24Vdc Electronic bell, weatherproof - Wormald
Output Voltage: 18-30Vdc branded - red
Typical Current: 24Vdc@30mA 20-101 6” 24Vdc Electronic bell - Wormald branded - red
Typ. Sound Output: 94dB (A)@1m

UL Approved Bell
A red underdome type bell for use where UL Approval is required.
Features
UL Bell
• UL Approved
• Red enamelled steel gong
• Die Cast Housing
Notification Appliances - Motor Types

These alarm bells are ideal warning devices for schools, in a reverberant room and sound power output is measured
stores, public buildings and any other location with low to at various points along a 10’ radium from the wall (i.e. the
moderate ambient noise levels. These alarm bells are spherical dB measurement represents an average of
completely enclosed in an aluminium die cast housing with several readings taken along a 180 arc, 10 feet from the
red enamelled steel gongs. These alarm bells can be bell).
mounted in standard outlet boxes or 4” x 4” junction boxes.
All are specifically designed for use with fire alarm systems Indoor Measurement
and are UL listed. Sound level in the indoor installation may vary depending
upon room size and acoustical loading.
UL Spherical dB Measurement
Sound level measurements are made in accordance with
UL Test Standard 464. The audible device is wall mounted
Product Code Vibrating Type Rated Size (Inches) Rated Current Starting Voltage UL Spherical dB Indoor Measurement
Voltage Polarised Measurement
508722 24Vdc 6 0.03A 12V 84 86-89
Product Codes
508722 K-MP-6P 6” UL Bell 30mA 85dB

Features
• New Aesthetic Design
• 32 Selectable Tones
• 3 Volume Settings
• Push and Twist Mount
• Low Current Consumption
Banshee Multi-tone Sounder
Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder

The Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder replaces the well The Banshee is easily installed and is fitted with robust
established range of Banshee and Bedlam sounders. loop through terminations. The design incorporates a
The new range provides a compact unit capable of 32 bayonet push and fit feature for easy installations.
tones and also incorporating a volume control.

LPC and Vds approved to EN54 pt 3 576.501.005.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low
Low Current consumption profile base (ADT) (Replaces
32Tones 576.501.004.A & 576.001.008.A)
3 Volume settings 576.501.005.T Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low
Rated at IP66 or IP45 profile base (Thorn) (Replaces
Operating temperature: -40 °C to +70°C 576.501.004.T, 576.501.008.T &
Operating Voltage: 9 to 30 Vdc 576.501.019)
576.501.016.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (ADT)
(Replaces 576.501.015.A &
576.501.024.A)
576.501.016.T Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,
Weather Proof base (Thorn) (Replaces
576.501.015.T & 576.501.024.T)
576.501.025.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder White, Low
Profile base(ADT) (Replaces
576.501.033.A)
Page 130 EFire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Tone Information Banshee 12V Banshee 24V

No. Description Frequency and Timing 2nd Tone dBa (Typ) mA(Typ) dBA(Typ) mA(Typ) 12345
1 Banshee LF Buzz 800Hz ato 950Hz swept at 120Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 00000
2 Banshee LF Fast Sweep 800Hz to 950 swept at 9Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 10000
3 Banshee LF Slow Sweep 800Hz to 950Hz swept at 3Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 01000
4 Banshee LF Continuous Continuous at 850Hz* 4 95 6 101 12 11000
5 Banshee LF Fast Sweep (New) 830Hz to 970Hz swept at 9Hz* 4 95 6 101 12 00100
6 Medium Sweep LF 800Hz to 970Hz swept at 1 Hx* 7 95 6 102 12 10100
Banshee Multi-tone Sounder

7 Continuous LF Continuous at 970Hz* 7 97 6 103 12 01100
8 Backup Alarm LF Intermittent at 950Hz 1s on, 1s off* 4 97 4 103 7 11100
9 Alternate LF Alternating 800Hz/1000Hz,0.5s each sound* 4 94 8 101 14 00010
10 Medium Sweep LF 800Hz/1000Hz swept at 0.5s* 4 95 5 101 12 10010
11 Alternate LF Alternating tones 800/950Hz* 4 96 6 103 14 01010
12 Banshee/Bedlam HF buzz 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 120Hz 15 102 12 110 25 11010
13 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 9Hz 15 103 12 110 25 00110
14 Banshee/Bedlam HF Slow Sweep 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 3Hz 15 103 12 110 25 10110
15 Banshee/Bedlam HF Continuous Continuous at 2900Hz at 3Hz 15 105 12 112 30 01110
16 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep (New) 2450Hz to 3100Hz swept at 9Hz 15 103 12 110 25 11110
17 Back up Alarm LF Intermittent at 2900Hz 1s on 1s off 15 105 7 112 15 00001
18 Alternate LF Alternating tones 2400/2900Hz at 3Hz 15 104 12 110 25 10001

19 Slow Whoop 500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.5, silence 0.5s, repeat 4 96 6 101 12 01001
20 Din Tone (DK) 1200Hz falling to 500Hz over 1s, silence 10ms, repeat 4 93 6 101 14 11001
21 French Fire Sound 554Hz for 100ms and 440Hz for 400ms 4 90 5 96 10 00101
22 Australian Alert SIgnal 420Hz repeating 0.625s on, 0.625s off 4 88 3 94 6 10101
23 Australian Evacuation Signal 500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.75s on, 0.25s off 4 96 6 103 12 01101
24 US Temporal Tone LF 950Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat 4 96 3 103 6 11101
25 US Temporal Tone HF 2900Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat 15 105 6 112 12 00011
26 Swedish Tone (Fire) Intermittent 660Hz 150ms on, 150ms off 26 81 4 87 7 10011
27 Swedish Tone (all Clear) Continuous 660Hz 27 84 5 89 14 01011
28 ISO8201LF Intermittent 970Hz 500ms on, 550ms off* 28 96 4 103 7 11011
29 ISO8201HF Intermittent 2900Hz 500ms on, 500ms off 29 106 8 112 15 00111
30 BT Banshee (FP1063.1) Yodel 800Hz/1000Hz, 0.25s each frequency* 31 93 8 101 14 10111
31 BT Banshee (FP1063.1) Continuous 1000Hz* 31 95 8 102 17 01111
32 Bell Tone Bell Tone* 32 96 8 101 17 11111
*Tone meets frequency requirements of BS5839 Pt. 1 1988

Accessories
The combined mounting bracket for The bracket can be used with Product Code
the Besson Multi-tone Banshee and any of the 24Vd.c 1W Xenon 576.501.047
Xenon Beacon allows quick and beacons in red, clear, amber or
Banshee/Xenon bracket
neat installation of combined blue (Part no.'s
sounders and beacons. The 540.001.030/031/032 & 033)
bracket allows the following
electronic sounders to be mounted
with the range of 1W Xenon
Beacons:
Banshee Accessories
• Besson Banshee
• Loop powered MINERVA Besson
Banshee
• MINERVA FIRECRYER voice
enhanced sounder
Besson Wafer Sounder
The standard Besson Wafer Technical Specification Product Code

sounder is supplied in white with a Current: 4mA to 15mA 576.501.038
blank cover included. The Temperature Range: -40°C to + 70°C Besson wafer sounder and blank
specification is as follows:
Dimensions: Dia 103mm, cover in white
Input voltage: 24V d.c. (+/-25%) Height 22mm
Sound Output: 60dBA/90dBA at 1m (excluding coverplate)
typical (pot. Adjustable) offering the
same sound formats as the
Banshee sounder range. It can
therefore be used in conjunction
with the Banshee sounders on the
same site.
Flush Mount Bedroom Sounder
Meeting the requirements for Features Product Codes

BS5839 part 1, the Bedroom • Low current consumption 7mA 576.501.032.A
Sounder range is well suited to • Dual sound options selected via Flush Mount Sounder ADT Branded
hotels and residential environments a jumper switch: ‘Continuous’
where aesthetics is a prime 576.501.032.T
and ‘Fast Sweep’ 90dB
concern. Matching the sound • Can be both Flush and Surface Flush Mount Sounder Thorn
output of the Banshee range of mounted Branded
sounders so therefore they can be • Robust terminal connectors to
mixed on a site. accommodate up to 2.5mm2
conductors

Banshee IS28
Product Code
576.501.013
IS28VCL MK4 Banshee BS5839 Low
Frequency ATEX certified intrinsically
safe grey sounder - 94dBA, 10mA.
Certificate Number :
ITS03ATEX21311x EExia IIC T5.
Other Electronic Sounders

Klaxon Mini Mono Siren
Product Code
576.502.011
Klaxon Mini Mono P 24Vdc siren
103dB@1mtr
1000Hz
500mA@24Vdc.
Yodalarms
This versatile range of sounders are Technical Specification Product Codes

ideally suited for fire, safety and Dimensions: 576.501.001
security hazard warning.
YO3: 89H x 89W x 85D mm YO3 Yodalarm 3” 24Vdc 100dB @
YO5: 134H x 134W x 128D mm 1Mtr
YO8: 216H x 216W x 153D mm 576.501.002
YO5 Yodalarm 5” 24Vdc 106dB @
1Mtr
576.501.003
YO8 Yodalarm 8” 24Vdc 112dB @
1Mtr
Sounder Circuit EOL
The sounder circuit EOL units or MINERVA 1-4, T880 Modules and Product Code
EOL resistors are supplied with the sounder circuits on the MINERVA 509.013.031
relevant control panels and sounder main processor are available as
Spare sounder circuit EOL unit
modules. Spare sounder circuit EOL follows.
modules for System 1600, 1700,

Minerva Firecryer - Voice Enhanced Sounders

The MINERVA FIRECRYER is an electronic sounder, which provides as default the same electronic sound as the
MINERVA Besson Banshees.
Features
FireCryer
• Up to 4 predefined voice messages

• Custom messages available
Firecryer
The FIRECRYER provides up to 4 predefined voice The FIRECRYER offers an excellent service upgrade
messages, which can be synchronised across a zone of opportunity in the UK for systems installed to BS5839pt1
sounders. and may also provide opportunities elsewhere.

Dimensions : IP45 - 92dia 61.3 Hmm 576.501.101 MFC4SB Firecryer multi message
IP66 - 92dia 85.5 Hmm switching PCB for use with multi-
Operating Voltage: Nominally 24Vdc message MINERVA Firecryers
Min. 18Vdc Max. 30Vdc 576.501.103 MFC4ENC 4 message synch board
Current Consumption: Average 19mA enclosure with 3 position keyswitch for
Min. 10mA use with 576.501.101
Max.23mA 576.501.042 Banshee IP66 backbox for Loop
(Subject to message) powered Banshee and Firecryers
(at max. output)
Sound output: Fast sweep - 100dBA
Voice message: 97dBA approx
Volume Control Via DIP switch with - 18dB range from
maximum
Polarity D.C. reverse polarity protection
Operating Temp: -25°C to +70°C
Humidity: 90% relative humidity
(non-condensing)
Weatherproofing: Standard base - IP45
Special base - IP66
Housing Material: Red Flame-retardant ABS
Standard Messages
AK - “Fire Emergency, Please remain calm and evacuate
the building immediately”
AB - “This is a fire alert. This is a fire alert. Await further
instructions. Await further
instructions.”
SP - “This is an ADT fire alarm test. No action required”
AE - “Fire Alarm Test Now Complete”

FIRECRYER cont’d
Additional Features
Single and Four Message Variants Single and Multi Message Variants
A single message can confirm that the electronic sound Single message versions provide fast retrofit and are self
is a fire alarm warning and differentiate it from other synchronising.
electronic sounders used in an environment. With four Multi-messagge versions only require a multi-message
messages fire tests can be easily differentiated from alert switching PCB added at the fire panel which then allows
and evacuate messages. all FIRECRYERS on two sounder circuits to be
Two Wire Connection synchronised.
The FIRECRYER uses a standard 2 wire 24V d.c. Low Power
FireCryer
connection to carry power, message switching and The FIRECRYER takes marginally more power than an
message synchronisation. This enables a quick and equivalent electronic sounder. This enables voice
easy upgrade to existing bells and sounders enhanced sounders to be offered without the high
MINERVA Banshee Compatible additional cost of large battery backups.
The electronic alarm sound and mechanics of the Standard Products
FIRECRYER are the same as other Banshee sounders in The FIRECRYER is available in 2 models (Single and 4
the range. This allows them to be mixed with other message) in ADT branding with pre-defined English
sounders in a zone. It also means that existing messages and 100dBA fast sweep alert sound to
Banshees can be very quickly upgraded to comply with BS5839Pt1. Other variants with different
FIRECRYERs. branding, languages, messages and different tones are
available upon request.
Multi Message Switching Board MFC4SB

PCB Dimensions 138 x 100mm
EMC/RFI CE Marked
Operating Temp -5 to +55°C
Operating Voltage 18-30V d.c.
Quiescent Current 6mA (Max)
Message Mode 28mA
Sounder Circuit 2 x 500mA Fused
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Single Message Configuration
Sounder O/P S1 A (Max 500mA)
Fire Alarm Panel To Sounders

Sounder O/P S2 B (Max 500mA)
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Four Message Configuration
Sounder O/P S1
A (Max 500mA)
Fire Alarm Panel MFC4SB To Sounders
Sounder O/P S2 2 3 4 B (Max 500mA)
Push-buttons
Key-Switch
Product Codes Product Message Brand Synchronised

Reference 1 2 3 4
576.501.034.A MFC1SEA AK - - - ADT Yes
576.501.035.A MFC4SUA AK AB SP AE ADT Yes
576.501.104.A *MFC4SCA Customer Defined ADT Yes
* For recording of special messages there is a charge. This can be ordered under product code
576.501.105 MFC-CM. This includes the supply of a different timer chip for MFC4SB synchronisation
board.

Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fulleon Range of Sounders

MXC/MXCE 2 Wire Symphoni Sounder
A Symphoni electronic sounder Technical Specification Product Codes

designed specifically for installation Sound Output @ 1M: 100dB(A) +/- 576.501.204
on the detection zone of the 2dB(A) @ 24Vdc
MXC/MXCE panel Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (Red)
Tones: Continuous - 970Hz
576.501.205
Alternating - 970/800 Hz
at 2 Hz Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (White)
Pulsed - 970 Hz at 1Hz
Operating Temp: -25 to+70 C
Fulleon Sounders
Construction: Red/White ABS

Termination: 2.5mm2 Screw Terminals
Fulleon 24Vdc Symphoni Sounder
The 24 Vdc Symphoni Sounder is a Product Codes

general purpose internal sounder, 576.501.200
available either as a very high output
SY/R Low Power Red Symphoni
sounder for noisy areas, or a high
Sounder (3 tone)
output low current sounder for
applications where power is limited. 576.501.201
Both versions share the same horn SY/W Low Power White Symphoni
and backbox which has double Sounder (3 tone)
cable entries for ease of installation. 576.501.202
The low power version has 3 SYHO/R High Output Red Symphoni
selectable tones which may be Sounder (32 tone)
employed for one, two or three stage
576.501.203
alarm applications. The high output
version has 32 selectable tones and SYHO/W High Output White
retains full tone compatibility with the Symphoni Sounder (32 tone)
Roshni, Squashni and Askari product
ranges.
Model Symphoni High Output Symphoni (Low Power)
Operation 2 Hours Continuous Continuous
Operating Voltage Range 9-28Vdc 12-30Vdc
Sound Output @ 1m Up to 120dB(A) 100dB(A) +/- 2dB(A) @24Vd. c.
Volume Control Down to 80dB approx.
Current Consumption 240mA +/- 20mA on Tone 3 5mA +/- 1mA at all volumes
Tones 1 to 32 (see table in Flashni section) Alternating 990Hz/650Hz@2Hz
Continuous 990Hz
Intermittent 990Hz, On/Off@1Hz
Synchronisation Synchronised Start Synchronised Start
Frequency Stability +/- 0.15% +/- 0.5%
Operating Temperature -25 °C to +55°C -25°C to +70°C
Line Monitoring Method Polarised Input Polarised Input
Construction ABS Plastic Case ABS Plastic Case
Ingress Protection IP42 IP42
Weight 0.58Kg 0.212Kg
Roshni
A flexible alarm sounder for Fire and Technical Specification Product Codes
Security applications complete with Dimensions: 93 Dia x 105D ROSHRDSR
volume control and dil switch to mm ROSHNI Sounder deep base - red
provide 32 tones. (Deep base) 171.392
Colour: Red or white ROSHNI Sounder deep base - white
Low profile Roshni with Deep base available 576.501.220
offers IP65 protection. All Roshni Approvals: None ROSHNI Sounder shallow base - red
sounders have synchronised start for (Approved variants 576.501.221
self synchronisation without third available) ROSHNI Sounder shallow base -
wire. Output Voltage: 9-28Vdc white
Typical Current: 24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 102dB

Squashni
The Squashni electronic sounder is Technical Specification Product Codes
the original ceiling sounder for use Dimensions: 112 Dia x 27D mm 576.501.030
as a universal fire detector platform Colour: Matched to Squashni white 24Vdc
or as a stand alone sounder leading fire 576.501.031
complete with blank cover. It comes detector Blank cover plate white for Squashni
preset to tone 3 with a volume manufacturers
control and is fully compatible with Approvals: None
Roshni tones, synchronised start. (Approved variants
available)
Output Voltage: 9-28Vdc
Fulleon Sounders
Typical Current: 24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output:
@1m 93dB (A)
Askari Compact
The Askari Compact is a compact Technical Specification Product Codes

bedroom sounder for unobtrusive Dimensions: 87.5H x 576.501.240
installation. It comes preset to tone 2 85.75W x 36D mm Askari sounder, tone 3 - red
or 3 with a volume control and is Colour: Red or white 576.501.241
fully compatible with Roshni tones, available Askari sounder, tone 3- white
synchronised start. A surface mount Approvals: BS 5839 pt 1
backbox is available from the Output Voltage: 9-28Vdc
supplier to special order. Typical Current: 24Vdc@16mA
Typ. Sound Output: @1m 95dB (A)

Features
• Combined strobe & sounder
• Matches Roshni sounders
• Weather Resistant to IP65
Fulleon Flashni
Flashni
Combined sounder and beacon, combines the features of These sounders are fully compatible with all Roshni tones,
the Roshni electronic sounder with a fully integrated Xenon automatic sounder synchronisation. Weather resistant to
beacon. IP65.

Dimensions: 93 Dia x 92D mm 20-118 Combined Roshni sounder/strobe
(Shallow base) complete with deep base
93 Dia x 121D mm 576.501.224 Combined Roshni Sounder/Strobe Red
(Deep base) Body/Red Lens Low Profile complete
Output Voltage: 18-30Vdc with shallow base & tone switch.
Typical Current: 68m@A24Vdc
Typ. Sound Output: 101dB (A)@1m

Fulleon Sounder Tone Compatibility Table
Fulleon Tone Tone Number 2 Wire Symphoni 24V Symphoni Sounder Base
601SB/601SBD
602SB/602SBD
901SB
SWITCH A B SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 SWITCH 1 2 3 4
CONTINUOUS TONE (970HZ) 14 10 10010 111X
(880Hz)
PULSED/INTERMITTENT TONE (970HZ@ 1HZ) 25 11 00111 011X
(880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY
Fulleon Tone Chart

ALTERNATING TONE (970HZ/800HZ@2HZ) 1 01 11111 N/A
(CLOSEST MATCH) (990HZ/650HZ@2HZ)
DUTCH SLOW WHOOP
(500Hz-1200Hz-3s on/0.5s off) 7 N/A 11001 000X
SLOW SWEEP (800Hz/970Hz@1Hz) 3 N/A 11101 010X
FAST SWEEP (800Hz/970HZ@7HZ) 2 N/A 11110 100X
TWO TONE/ALTERNATING (800HZ/970HZ@1HZ) 11 N/A 10101 110X
(660Hz/880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY
Fulleon Sounder Tone Table
No. 1st TONE 2nd TONE TYPICAL (mA/24V) TYPICAL SOUND OUTPUT(dB @ 1m)
1 ALT TONES 800/970 at 1/4 Hz 14 18 104
2 SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 7Hz 14 19 105
3 SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 1Hz 14 18 105
4 CONTINUOUS at 2850Hz 14 29 116
5 SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 7Hz 4 23 114
6 SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 1Hz 4 23 113
7 SLOW WHOOP 14 15 103
8 SWEEP 1200-500 at 1Hz 14 16 103
9 ALT TONES 2400/2850 2Hz 4 27 113
10 INT TONE OF 970Hz at 1Hz 14 1 106
11 ALT TONES 800/970 Hz at 1Hz 14 18 105
12 INT TONE at 2850 Hz at 1Hz 4 20 116
13 970Hz at 1/4 SEC. ON 1 SEC. OFF 14 7 102
14 CONTINUOUS AT 970Hz 14 20 107
15 554 FOR 100ms and 440Hz FOR 400ms 14 12 99
16 INT 660Hz 150ms ON/150ms OFF 16 9 87
17 INT 660Hz 1.8s ON/1.8s OFF 17 12 91
18 INT 660Hz 6.5s ON/13s OFF 18 10 90
19 CONTINUOUS 660Hz 19 14 90
20 ALT 554/440Hz at 1Hz 20 13 95
21 INT 660Hz 1Hz 21 9 87
22 INT 2850Hz 150ms ON 100ms OFF 14 19 113
23 SWEEP 800-970Hz at 50Hz 14 18 105
24 SWEEP 2400-2850Z at 50 Hz 4 22 112
25 INTERMITTENT 970Hz 500ms ON
500ms OFF 25 12 100
26 INTERMITTENT 2850HZ 500ms ON
500ms OFF 26 18 109
27 CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz 27 33 84
28 ALTERNATING TONES 800/970 AT 2Hz 10 15 101
29 ALTERNATING TONES 988/645 AT 2Hz 988Hz 19 100
30 ALTERNATING 510/610 at 1Hz 510Hz 13 97
31 SWEEPING 300-1200 at 1Hz 31 19 97
32 CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz 27 33 84

Range of Sounders
Features
• For use in hazardous areas
• Robust GRP construction
• Powerful Output, up to 115dBA
Flameproof Horn Sounder
DB3 Flameproof Horn Sounder

This lightweight all GRP flameproof sounder is intended The flamepaths, flare and the body, are manufactured
for use in potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres completely from a UV stable glass reinforced polyester.
and has been designed with high ingress protection to Stainless steel screws and sinter are incorporated thus
cope with the harsh environmental conditions found ensuring a corrosion free product. A tapered flamepath is
offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and petrochemical used to overcome the problems of assembly of parallel
industries. spigot flamepaths.
Terminals: 6 x 2.5mm2 *Output measured with 24V input voltage. Tone set to
Mounting: Stainless steel bracket with ratchet 970Hz continuous.
facility
Cable Entries: 1 x 20mm EExd. Weight: 6.0kg approx
Tone Selection: 27 user selectable tones. Ingress Protection: IP66
Certification: CENELEC EN50014,18,19 Voltage: Up to 48Vdc
BASEEFA Cert. No. Current
BAS00ATEX2097X, EExd IIC 100°C Consumption: 380mA at 24Vdc
(-55 t. amb + 55°C)T5. Zones 1
and 2.
UL Listed: Class 1 Div 2, Groups A-D Certified Temperature:
Class 1 Zones 1 & 2, AExd IIC T4. EExd UL GOST Exd
Listing No. E203310. DB3 -20°C -55°C -20°C
GOST Certification: 1Exd IIC T4 & 1Exde IIC T4 to +55°C to +55°C to +50°C
Cert. No. A-0759.
Material: Body & horn in anti-static, UV
stable, glass reinforced polyester.
Swivel bracket & captive cover Product Code
screws in stainless steel. 576.501.043 Flameproof Horn Sounder
Sound Output: 115dB(A) +/- 3dB(A)(tone (DB3/D/048/N/1B/N/R)
dependent).
Nominal Output (dBA) Input Current (mA)*
93 50
105 100
108 150
111 200
112 250
114 300
115 350

Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators
Visual Indicators
Our range includes LED & Xenon beacons together with flameproof and intrinsically safe models for hazardous
areas.
Single Gang Lamp/Buzzer Units
Lamp Buzzer and LED Beacons

Lamp Buzzer units may be used for Technical Specifications Product Code
local alarms when high level audible Dimensions: 90H x 90W x 540.011.012 Single gang
warnings may not be appropriate. 40D mm flush mount
Available in flush and surface mount LED
Current Rating: 15mA at
versions to fit standard single (red)/Buzzer
24Vdc
backboxes. Unit labelled
nominally
‘Fire Alarm’
Features 540.011.013 Single gang
surface mount
• Low Current LED
• Flush or Surface Mount (red)/Buzzer
• Hi-Brightness LED Unit labelled
‘Fire Alarm’ c/w
surface
backbox.
Solista LED Beacon

Ultra low power requirement 3mA Product Code
or 6mA at 24Vdc. Long life low 576.501.230
profile design. Protected to IP54, Solista LED Beacon (Red)
supplied complete with base.
Easy AVTM Retrofit LED Beacon

This low power LED beacon is Product Codes
designed to be retrofitted to existing 576.501.012
Banshee or Roshni electronic
Easy AV strobe for Banshee
sounders. Easy and fast installation
Sounders
typically 3 min. Low power 6mA
max at 24Vdc High Output LEDs
576.501.228
Easy AV strobe for Roshni
Sounders

Features
• Available in 1, 2, 3 and 5 watts
• Protected to I.P. 65
• Attractive low profile design
• Optional bracket for mounting both Beacon and
Banshee Sounder
Xenon Beacons
Xenon Beacons - 24V Including Surface Mount Adaptor

This high quality range of Xenon beacons are tested to IP Each beacon incorporates a low profile Frestral lens
65 making them ideal for the most stringent applications. designed to give maximum light output.
The mounting base is available to mount both the beacon
and a sounder.
Voltage Power Output Alarm Current Flash Rate Rating Temp. Range Dimensions (mm)
V d.c. Watt(s) mA Height Diameter
24 1 42 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 75
24 2 84 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 75
24 3 126 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 75
24 5 210 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 75 90
Product Codes
540.001.030 Low profile clear 24Vdc 1 watt
540.001.031 Low profile blue 24Vdc 1 watt
540.001.032 Low profile amber 24Vdc 1 watt
540.001.033 Low profile red 24Vdc 1 watt
20-112 Low profile 2 watt Red

Features
• Robust Corrosion Resistant GRP body
• High Power (5 Joule)
• Certificated Flameproof
Flameprooof Xenon Beacon

XB11 Flameproof Xenon Beacon
These certified beacons have been designed for use in The beacon housing is manufactured completely from a
potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres and harsh U.V. stable, glass reinforced polyester. Stainless steel
environmental conditions. The glass reinforced polyester screws and mounting bracket are incorporated ensuring a
enclosures are suitable for use offshore or onshore, where totally corrosion free product.
light weight combined with corrosion resistance is required.

Voltage 540.001.039 Flameproof Xenon Beacon
(Joules:) 24Vdc Tube Energy (XB11B02406RNBNNNR)
Peak Current: 5
Consumption (mA): 320
Effective Intensity (Cd): 29
Peak Intensity (Cd): 22213
Power Consumption
(Watts): 8
Note: The Cd figures are for a clear
lens @ “ 1Hz flash rate. For red
lens multiple by 0.15
Weight: 2.5Kg
Certified Temperature: EExd -55°C to + 55°C (T5)
-55°C to + 40°C (T6)
Terminals: 6 x 2.5mm2
Entries: 2 x 20mm ISO EExd.
Certification: BASEEFA EExd IIB 100 °C

(-55 t. amb +55°C)T5.
85 °C (-55 t.amb + 40°C)T6.
Cert. No. 99 ATEX 2195X.
CENELEC EN50014 and
EN50018
Material: Body: - Glass reinforced

polyester
Lens: - Glass.
Cover Screws + Backstrap: -
Stainless steel 316.
Finish: Red

Features
• Robust GRP Body
• Suitable for offshore and petrochem
• Certificated Intrinsically Safe
Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon
XB8 Intrinsically Safe Beacon

This ruggedised, intrinsically safe and weatherproof protection to cope with the harsh environmental conditions
beacon is intended for use in potentially explosive found offshore and onshore in the oil, gas and
atmospheres, and has been designed with high ingress petrochemical industries

Certification: CENELEC EN50014, 20 & 39 540.001.038 Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon
BAS02ATEX1258X (XB8BB024CNR)
EExia IIB T4
Zones 0,1 & 2
Material: UV stable glass reinforced
polyester body. Clear
polycarbonate cover/lens.
Retained stainless steel cover
screws.
Finish: Self coloured red
Tube Type: Xenon discharge
Lens Colour: Clear
Terminals: 8 x 2.5mm2
Flash Rate: 1 flash per second
Cable Entries: Up to 3 x M20 via knockouts.
Tube Energy: 0.5 Joules
Weight: 1.4kg
Certified Temperature: -55°C TO + 60°C
Tube Life: >1 x 106Flashes
Voltage: 24V via suitable barrier
Current Consumption: 71mA max nominal

Chapter 16 - Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings
Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings

Relays and housings to facilitate interfacing of fire alarm controllers to other services.
Boxed Relays
Relays and Housings

567.005.004 Relay 5010 PCB (5 Relay)
Relay 5010. Supplied with 1 PCB but
can fit a maximum of 2 PCB’s each
containing up to 5 plug in relays.
Order relay (569.001.007)
separately.

567.007.008 Alarm Relay 24Vdc MK4
Alarm Relay 240Va.c. MK4
Spare Relay Housing
Product Code
568.001.007
Relay 5000 Housing auxiliary relay
(small)
Product Code
568.001.008
Relay 5010 Housing auxiliary relay
(large)
Relays
Product Code Product Code

569.001.007 609.001.015
Cradle relay and retaining clip 2 C/O 24V Double Pole changeover
26V nominal 700K ohm coil 5 amp relay (PCB Mounted)
(used with Relay 5000 and 5010).

Chapter 17 - Miscellaneous Fire Products
Miscellaneous Fire Products

Wall mountable frames suitable for instructions & zonal diagrams. 5 way sounder card, useful for converting
existing systems.
Sprinkler Delay Module

Miscellaneous Products
Product Code
584.002.001
Sprinkler delay module. Provides
preset delay between sprinkler
pressure switch and conventional
fire detection panel.
Zonal Sounder Circuit Monitoring PCB

The Zonal Sounder Circuit Product Code
Monitoring PCB provides relay 541.001.018
inputs (5 off) to interface to 5 Zonal sounder circuit monitoring
separate, and monitored sounder PCB
circuits. Each has a maximum of 2 Dimensions 103 x 254 x 45mm
Amps capacity.
Fire Notice Frames

These frames are used mainly for Product Codes
Fire Alarm Zone Charts and are 525.001.005
available to fit A4 to A1 size A4 Dimensions: 212mm x 297mm
drawings. These come supplied with 525.001.006
fitting hooks.
A3 Dimensions: 280mm x 356mm
525.001.008
525.001.007

Chapter 18- DATWYLER Fire Resistant Cable
Fire Resistant Cable

DATWYLER lifeline cable is LPCB approved and is suitable for fire alarm systems.

DÄTWYLER Lifeline cable is suitable for fire alarms and Full details of Lifeline cable can be found in the DÄTWYLER
emergency lighting where BS6387 and BS7629 standards Lifeline datasheets on the Tyco Safety Products website
are acceptable and meets the installation and performance (www.tycosafetyproducts - europe.com).
requirements of: DÄTWYLER offer a wide range of cable and safety cabling
• BS5839 Pt.1 for use in fire alarms systems including complete safety cable systems to
• BS5266 for use with emergency lighting DIN4102 part 12. All DÄTWYLER products are available at
• IEC331 fire resistance preferential prices to Tyco companies via Tyco Safety
Lifeline is LPCB approved to BS6387 CAT CWZ and Products. For more information contact Rob Sutcliffe
BASEC approved to BS7629. (rsutcliffe@tycoint.com).
Lifeline is low smoke, zero halogen, has an integral The following DÄTWYLER Lifeline cables are held in stock
aluminium backed mylar tape screen with tinned drain wire at Tyco Safety Products, Letchworth warehouse, together
and requires no special terminations, tools or ferrules for with suitable P clips and glands. Cables are priced per
installation. metre but must be ordered in units of 100 metre. P clips
and glands are priced each but must be ordered in packs.

Construction Product Codes Description - DÄTWYLER Lifeline cable
Conductor: Bare copper, solid or No. Cores Core Size Colour Clips
stranded to BS 6360 599.048.020 2 + earth 1 mm Red P34 R
Insulation: Special double layer 599.048.022 2 + earth 1.5 mm Red P34 R
insulation according to 599.048.023 2 + earth 1.5 mm White P34 W
BS 7655, E15 599.048.024 2 + earth 2.5 mm Red P37 R
Inner Covering: High temperature resistant 599.048.032 4 + earth 1 mm Red P37 R
glass fibre tape 599.048.034 4 + earth 1.5 mm Red P40 R
Screening: Al-Laminated tape with 599.048.035 4 + earth 1.5 mm White P40 W
tinned copper drain wire,
solid to BS 6360
Product Codes Description - DÄTWYLER Lifeline Fire Resistant P
Outer Sheath: Flame retardant polyolefin Clips & Glands
compound according to
Qty. per pack Reference Colour
BS 7655, LTS3
599.048.001 50 P34 Red
Technical Properties
599.048.002 50 P34 White
Rated Voltage: 300/500V
599.048.003 50 P37 Red
Test Voltage: 2000V, 50Hz core/core 599.048.005 50 P40 Red
2000V, 50Hz core/screen 599.048.006 50 P40 White
Operating Temp: -15oC to +90oC 599.048.009 10 NG1 Red
Core Colours: 599.048.010 10 NG1 White
• 2 cores + earth: red, black
• 4 cores + earth:red,yellow,blue,black
Sheath Colour: Red or white
General Properties
• Zero Halogen, no corrosive gases -
IEC 60754-2, BS 6425 part 1
• Reduced fire propagation - IEC 60332-
3, BS 4066 part 3
• Minimum smoke emission - IEC 61034,
BS 7622
• Insulation integrity - IEC 60331
(FE180), BS 6387 (cat. CWZ)
Approvals
• BASEC
No. of Cores x Cross Section (n x mm2) Copper Content (Kg/Km) Total Weight (Kg/Km) Outer Diameter (approx. mm) Calorific Potential (KWh/m)
2 x 1.0 19 75 7.4 0.16
2 x 1.5 29 97 8.2 0.18
2 x 2.5 48 141 9.6 0.24
4 x 1.0 39 114 8.6 0.23
4 x 1.5 58 149 9.6 0.27

Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems
Water Leak Detection Alarms

The Water Leak detection system is a water detection alarm designed to be used in situations where not just flooding but also undue
dampness could cause damage or ultimately become dangerous.
The system comprises an electronic monitoring and alarm Typical Applications

control panel connected to sensors located in the area • Computer Rooms, Telecommunications and Office
requiring protection and can be custom made with a Areas
Water Detection
variety of types of detection sensor to suit the • Electrical Plant and Tank Areas
characteristics of the areas to be covered. • Valuables, Antiques and Artifacts
This system has been designed for ease of installation and
modern micro-electronics ensure a high degree of • In general, wherever the presence of
reliability. water could be a potential problem to
people, equipment, perishable stock,
data/information archives and record
stores, hospital theatres and so on.
There are also sensors for the detection of non-conductive
fluids such as diesel/oil.
Features
• Suitable for computer rooms
• Wide range of sensors
• Relay contacts to interface to BMS or fire alarm
controllers
DETEK Water Flood Detection Controllers

Controller electronics are housed in a robust cabinet and Quality:
provide accurate sensing for water leakage and
comprehensive alarm facilities. • Electro Magnetic Compatibility - All
The system is ideal for all types of applications utilising a of the control panels and sensors have been
mixture of sensors on a single control panel to give performance tested to meet the requirements
optimum flexibility. of EN55022 for emissions and EN50092
All systems have a test facility to enable simple regular for immunity
confidence checking of the equipment. • British International Standards - The equipment
Lockable cabinets constructed in mild steel with stove is manufactured in accordance with EN ISO
enamelled finish for surface mounting. 20mm Knockouts 9001 procedures
are provided for ease of cable entry. • Electrical Safety - Manufactured in
Indications of status on each zone, wiring fault and supply accordance with Electrical Equipment
healthy. Mains fail battery back-up indication where (Safety) Regulations 1994 - Low
applicable. Voltage Directive (SI 1994/3260).
The 85dBA pulsed audible alarm has a fully functional local
mute facility.
Dimensions: 160H x 220W x 62D mm 508.200.004 1 Zone - water/flood control panel
(Single Zone)
270H x 362W x 84D mm 508.200.005 2 Zone - water/flood control panel
(Multi Zone) 508.200.006 4 Zone - water/flood control panel
Supply: Single phase 240Va.c., 25VA
Max. Relay Contacts:Two sets of
volt free change
over contacts for alarm and
one set for wiring fault or
power loss. These may be
used to link into Building
Management Systems or for
remote alarms and beacons
up to 2A, 50Va.c./d.c.

Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems
Compatible Sensors
Features
• Wide range
• Compact size
• High Flexibility Conductors
Water Detection
Sensor Cable, Sensor Pads & Probe Sensors
Sensor Cable Sensor Pads
Sensor cable comprises high flexibility conductors Sensor pads are constructed from glass fibre with an anti-
insulated by Helagaine mono-filament braiding. Cable or corrosive nickel plated surface. Pads will detect a few cc’s
tape sensors are suitable for general protection under false of liquid and are either face up for location under vulnerable
floors, or can be fastened directly to pipework enabling points or face down for a general coverage.
coverage in ceiling void areas.
Probe Sensors
The cables can be connected together, up to 100m, to Probe sensors are the least sensitive and are often
cater for larger areas. For each zone a ‘start of line’ and an employed as water level sensors. In general the sensor is
‘end of line’ module is required. enclosed in a protective cover which also provides a means
for fixing and 20mm gland entry. The probe is designed for
vertical mounting at skirting level though may be mounted
in voids or sumps. A screw allows 16mm height adjustment
after the sensor is installed.

Sensor Cable Sensor Cable
Dimensions: 8mm dia 516.200.010 CD/5 5 metre length of sensing cable
516.200.011 CD/10 10 metre length of sensing cable
Sensor Pads 516.200.012 SOL Start of line for sensing cable
Technical Specification 516.200.013 EOL End of line for sensing cable
Dimensions: 115H x 160W mm 516.200.014 FF1 Sensing cable fixing clips
516.200.015 CDT Sensing cable identification tags
Probe Sensors Sensor Pads
Dimensions: 85H x 62W x 62D mm 516.200.016 SFU Sensor pad face up
516.200.006 SFD Sensor pad face down
516.200.007 SFD/C Cover for sensor pad face down
Probe Sensors
516.200.004 SPS/V Vertical mounting probe sensor
complete with cover

Notes

INDEX
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
10-115 121 508.022.037 59 514.001.043.Y 120
171.392 136 508.022.038 51 514.001.058 109
20-100 128 508.022.042 51 514.001.059 109
20-101 128 508.022.043 51 514.001.060.A 120
20-112 142 508.022.044 51 514.001.060.T 120
20-113 142 508.030.102 49 514.001.060.Y 120
20-118 138 508.030.201 49 514.001.062 103
20-120 142 508.030.202 49 514.001.063 103
2500/032 50 508.030.203 49 514.002.002.A 120
2500/034 50 508.030.301 49 514.800.503.A 119
2500/045 56 508.030.502 55 514.800.503.T 119
2500/051 56 508.030.503 57 514.800.503.Y 119
2500/052 56 508.030.504 57 514.800.504.A 119
2500/119 56 508.200.004 148 514.800.504.T 119
2500/120 56 508.200.005 148 514.800.504.Y 119
2500/220 50 508.200.006 148 514.800.505.T 119
2500/221 50 508722 129 514.800.506.T 119
2500/222 50 509.013.026 61 514.800.511.T 119
2500/383 50 509.013.031 133 514.800.512.T 119
2500/384 50 509.022.001 51, 53, 59 514.800.513 103
2500/755 60 509.022.003 52, 59 515.001.003 122
2500/756 60 509.022.004 52, 59 515.001.009 122
2500/757 60 509.022.005 52, 59 515.001.010 122
2500/758 60 509.022.006 52 515.001.014 122
2500/759 60 509.022.007 52, 53 515.001.019 122
2500/774 60 509.022.008 51, 53 515.001.021 121
2500/775 60 509.022.010 59 515.001.023 122
2500/776 60 509.022.011 51, 53 515.001.024 122
2500/777 60 509.022.013 51, 53, 59 515.001.025 122
2500/778 60 509.022.015 59 515.001.026 121
2500/930 56 509.022.016 59 515.001.027 122
2501/025 56 509.022.018 59 515.001.028 121
2501/028 56 509.022.021 51 515.001.029 123
40-103 63 509.022.024 59 515.001.030 123
40-104 63 509.022.033 51, 53 515.001.031 123
40-105 63 509.030.001 49 515.001.032 123
508.013.016 61 509.030.005 49, 55 515.001.034 123, 124
508.020.007 40 509.030.015 49, 55 515.001.035 123, 124
508.020.015 40 509.030.016 49, 55 515.001.036 123, 124
508.020.020 42 509.030.017 58 515.001.037 125
508.020.021 42 509.030.019 49 515.001.038 125
508.020.022 42 509.030.022 49 515.001.039 125
508.020.201 40 509.030.023 49 515.001.043 125
508.020.202 40 509.030.024 49 515.001.045 121
508.020.203 40 509.030.027 49, 55 515484 112
508.020.204 40 514.001.009 108 515485 112
508.022.001 53 514.001.010.A 120 515487 112
508.022.002 53 514.001.010.T 120 515590 78
508.022.003 53 514.001.010.Y 120 516.009.023 98
508.022.008 51 514.001.012 120 516.014.019 73
508.022.010 51 514.001.013 120 516.014.020 73
508.022.016 51 514.001.014 120
516.015.006.A 112
508.022.018 51 514.001.042.A 120
508.022.019 51 514.001.042.T 120 516.015.006.T 112
508.022.021 53 514.001.042.Y 120 516.015.007 112
508.022.035 59 514.001.043.A 120 516.015.008 112
508.022.036 59 514.001.043.T 120 516.015.009 125

INDEX
516.015.011 113 516.018.303 90 516.200.010 149

516.015.012 113 516.018.401 90 516.200.011 149
516.016.005 115 516.018.402 90 516.200.012 149
516.016.006 115 516.018.407 90 516.200.013 149
516.016.010 115 516.018.501 90 516.200.014 149
516.016.011 115 516.018.502 90 516.200.015 149
516.016.012 115 516.018.503 90 516.200.016 149
516.016.111 114 516.018.504 90 516.600.001.T 72
516.016.112 114 516.018.505 90 516.600.001.Y 72
516.016.113 114 516.018.506 90 516.600.001A 72
516.016.115 114 516.018.508 90 516.600.002.A 72
516.018.001 87 516.018.509 90 516.600.002.T 72
516.018.002 87 516.018.514 90 516.600.002.Y 72
516.018.003 87 516.018.515 90 516.600.003.A 72
516.018.004 88 516.018.901 92 516.600.003.T 72
516.018.005 88 516.018.902 92 516.600.003.Y 72
516.018.006 88 516.018.903 92 516.600.004.A 72
516.018.007 88 516.018.904 92 516.600.004.T 72
516.018.008 88 516.018.905 93 516.600.004.Y 72
516.018.009 88 516.018.906 93 516.600.005.A 73
516.018.010 86 516.018.907 93 516.600.005.T 73
516.018.011 86 516.018.908 93 516.600.005.Y 73
516.018.012 86 516.018.909 92 516.600.006 73
516.018.013 87 516.018.910 93 516.600.007 73
516.018.016 88 516.018.911 93 516.600.013.A 72
516.018.019 88 516.018.912 93 516.600.013.T 72
516.018.020 85 516.018.915 93 516.600.013.Y 72
516.018.021 85 516.018.918 93 516.600.066 105
516.018.022 85 516.018.920 93 516.600.067 105
516.018.023 85 516.033.011 107 516.600.201 72
516.018.024 85 516.033.012 107 516.600.202 72
516.018.101 89 516.033.013 107 516.600.203 72
516.018.102 89 516.033.014 107 516.600.204 72
516.018.103 89 516.037.003 97 516.600.213 72
516.018.104 89 516.037.004 97 516.800,912 82
516.018.106 89 516.037.015 97 516.800.006 66
516.018.107 89 516.038.003 97 516.800.007 66
516.018.108 89 516.038.004 97 516.800.066 102
516.018.119 89 516.039.003 97 516.800.067 102
516.018.120 89 516.039.004 97 516.800.500.A 66
516.018.201 90 516.040.002 97 516.800.500.T 66
516.018.203 90 516.040.012 97 516.800.500.W 66
516.018.204 90 516.041.003 97 516.800.500.Y 66
516.018.206 90 516.041.004 97 516.800.501A 67
516.018.210 90 516.052.041.Y 105 516.800.501T 67
516.018.214 90 516.052.051.Y 105 516.800.501W 67
516.018.219 90 516.054.011.Y 105 516.800.501Y 67
516.018.260 90 516.058.002.Y 105 516.800.502.A 67
516.018.261 90 516.060.010 100 516.800.502.T 67
516.018.262 90 516.060.011 100 516.800.502.W 67
516.018.264 90 516.060.012 100 516.800.502.Y 67
516.018.265 90 516.060.040 100 516.800.507 66
516.018.268 90 516.060.041 100 516.800.508T 67
516.018.269 90 516.061.001.Y 106 516.800.509 67
516.018.270 91 516.200.004 149 516.800.513 78
516.018.301 90 516.200.006 149 516.800.515.A 67
516.018.302 90 516.200.007 149 516.800.515.T 67
INDEX
516.800.515.W 67 517.001.226 116 526.001.019 58

516.800.515.Y 67 517.001.230 116 526.001.020 58
516.800.530 102 517.001.231 106 527.001.003 57
516.800.531 102 517.001.240 116 527.001.013 57, 58
516.800.532 102 517.001.242 116 527.001.028 57
516.800.800 68 517.001.243 116 540.001.030 142
516.800.800.A 68 517.001.244 110 540.001.031 142
516.800.800.Y 68 517.001.245 103, 110 540.001.032 142
516.800.905 79 517.001.246 110 540.001.033 142
516.800.907 79 517.001.247 103, 111 540.001.038 144
516.800.908 81 517.001.248 103, 111 540.001.039 143
516.800.909 81 517.001.254 116 540.007.001 58
516.800.910 78, 82,83 517.001.255 116 540.007.002 58
516.800.911 78, 82,83 517.001.256 116 540.007.006 58
516.800.912 82, 83 517.001.259 103 540.007.007 58
516.800.913 78,82,83 517.001.262 116 540.011.012 141
516.800.915 80 517.001.263 96 540.011.013 141
516.800.917 116 517.001.264 116 541.001.018 146
516.800.918 36 517.001.266 96 542.000 17
516.800.922 36 517.017.005 94 542.001 17
516.800.923 36 517.017.006 94 542.002 16
516.800.924 36 517.025.028 84 542.003 20
516.800.926 36 517.025.029 84 542.005 20
516.800.927 36 517.025.030 84 542.006 12, 13, 22
516.800.929 36 517.025.031 84 542.007 12, 18
516.800.931 80 517.025.033 84 542.008 12, 28
516.800.932 80 517.025.035 84 542.009 19, 27
516.800.933 80 517.025.036 84 542.010 12, 22
516.800.934 80 517.035.007 33 542.011 12, 37
516.800.935 80 517.035.010 34 542.012 19
516.800.936 80 517.035.011 34 542.014 23
516.800.937 80 517.035.014 34 542.019 24
516.800.938 80 517.035.015 34 542.020 25
516.800.953 79 517.050.002.A 67 542.021 25
516.800.954 79 517.050.015 79 542.022 25
517.001.035 84 517.050.016 80 542.024 27
517.001.036 84 517.050.017 77 542.025 12, 22
517.001.037 84 517.050.018 77 542.026 12
517.001.038 84 517.050.019 77 542.031 28
517.001.039 84 517.050.022 78 542.036 12, 38
517.001.040 84 517.050.600 77 542.044 13
517.001.120 106, 111 517.050.603 81 542.045 20
517.001.130 73 517.050.604 81 542.047 28
517.001.146 98 517.050.605 77 542.049 28
517.001.184 99 517.050.612 81 542.052 28
517.001.196 111 517.050.614 81 542.053 28
517.001.197 111 517.201.401 33 542.064 22
517.001.198 111 518.004.004 63 542.079 28
517.001.199 111 518.004.005 63 542.080 12
517.001.200 111 519.001.008 63 542.081 12
517.001.201 110 525.001.005 146 542.084 13
517.001.202 110 525.001.006 146 542.085 13
517.001.205 111 525.001.007 146 542.087 13
517.001.206 111 525.001.008 146 542.088 20
517.001.207 111 526.001.016.T 57 542.089 20
517.001.224 116 526.001.018 58 542.094 46

INDEX
542.096 46 557.200.001 6 557.201.310 28

542.098 9 557.200.002 6 557.201.401 32
542.100 47 557.200.003 6 557.202.000 17
542.105 47 557.200.004 6 557.202.001 17
542.106 46 557.200.005 7 557.202.002 16
542.107 47 557.200.006 7 557.202.003 20
542.108 47 557.200.007 7 557.202.004 20
545.800.004 30 557.200.008 7 557.202.005 20
545.800.033 30 557.200.009 6 557.202.006 6, 8, 22
546.004.005 110 557.200.012 8 557.202.007 5, 6, 18
552.004 119 557.200.013 8 557.202.012 19
552.005 119 557.200.014 20 557.202.013 23
552.006 119 557.200.015 20 557.202.019 24
552.007 119 557.200.016 7 557.202.020 5, 25
552.202.204 5 557.200.017 8 557.202.021 5, 25
552.202.205 5 557.200.018 8 557.202.022 5, 25
552.202.209 5 557.200.019 7 557.202.024 5, 27
555.800.001 29 557.200.020 6 557.202.025 22
555.800.002 29 557.200.021 6 557.202.026 5, 6, 44
555.800.012 29 557.200.022 6 557.202.027 20, 21, 29
555.800.032 29 557.200.023 6 557.202.028 8
555.800.042 29 557.200.027 9 557.202.036 6, 38
555.800.063 30 557.200.029 28 557.202.040 20
555.800.064 30 557.200.030 27 557.202.043 20
555.800.065 32 557.200.038 44 557.202.050 20, 21
555.800.066 32 557.200.200 5 557.202.051 23
555.800.067 32 557.200.201 5 557.202.055 23
557.001.040.A 78 557.200.202 5 557.202.056 23
557.001.040.Y 78 557.200.203 5 557.202.057 23
557.180.005 8, 25 557.200.204 5 557.202.058 23
557.180.016 8, 26 557.200.205 5 557.202.061 23
557.180.022 7 557.200.206 5 557.202.063 23
557.180.052 19 557.200.207 5 557.202.064 23
557.180.053 17 557.200.208 5 557.202.065 23
557.180.095 33 557.200.209 5 557.202.066 23
557.180.096.A 33 557.200.210 5 557.202.067 23
557.180.096.T 33 557.200.600 10 557.202.100 22
557.180.096.Y 33 557.200.601 11 557.202.101 23
557.180.097.A 33 557.200.602 10 557.202.103 24
557.180.097.T 33 557.200.603 10 557.202.113 28
557.180.097.Y 33 557.200.604 11 557.202.116 6, 28, 38
557.180.148.A 44 557.200.605 10 557.202.117 19, 27
557.180.151 27 557.200.610 10 557.202.118 6, 27, 37
557.180.152 27 557.200.611 11 557.202.120 45
557.180.208 28 557.200.612 11 557.202.121 45
557.180.209 28 557.200.901 38 557.202.202 21
557.180.219 44 557.201.209 5, 21 557.202.203 21
557.180.220 27 557.201.210 5, 21 557.202.206 5
557.180.239 27 557.201.211 5 557.202.403 20
557.180.246 44 557.201.216 10 557.202.405 20
557.180.406 7 557.201.300 28 557.203.001 37
557.180.423 30 557.201.301 28 557.203.002 38
557.180.452 7 557.201.302 28 557.203.003 37
557.180.454 7 557.201.303 32 557.203.004 38
557.180.699 44 557.201.305 28 557.203.005 28
557.180.700 44 557.201.306 28 557.203.007 40

INDEX
557.203.008 103 571.083 89 576.501.022.A 128

557.300.001 46 571.084 89 576.501.022.T 128
557.300.002 46 571.085 90 576.501.023.A 128
557.300.003 46 571.086 90 576.501.023.T 128
557.300.004 46 571.087 91 576.501.025.A 130
557.300.005 46 571.088 91 576.501.030 137
557.300.006 46 571.104 89 576.501.031 137
557.301.005 47 572.000 81 576.501.032.A 132
557.301.006 46 572.005 116 576.501.032.T 132
557.301.007.N 47 572.006 36 576.501.034.A 135
557.301.007.P 46 572.007 31 576.501.035.A 135
557.301.011 47 572.008 31 576.501.038 132
557.301.012 46 572.009 31 576.501.039.A 127
557.301.014 27, 47 572.012 31 576.501.039.T 127
557.301.101 46 572.014 31 576.501.040.A 127
557.301.102 47 572.015 30 576.501.042 134
558.004.006 64 572.016 29 576.501.043 140
558.004.008 63 572.017 29 576.501.044.A 127
558.004.013 64 572.018 20, 29 576.501.044.T 127
558.004.014 64 572.020 29 576.501.045 127
558.004.015 64 572.021 31 576.501.047 132
558.004.016 64 572.022 31 576.501.101 134
561.036 87 572.023 31 576.501.103 134
561.037 87 572.024 31 576.501.104.A 135
561.038 87 572.025 30 576.501.200 136
561.039 88 572.027 31 576.501.201 136
561.040 88 572.028 79 576.501.202 136
561.041 88 572.029 79 576.501.203 136
561.042 86 572.030 36 576.501.204 136
561.043 86 572.032 36 576.501.205 136
561.044 88 572.034 33 576.501.220 136
561.045 88 572.036 33 576.501.221 136
561.046 88 572.039 19 576.501.224 138
561.052 86 572.048 77 576.501.228 141
562.000 66 572.049 77 576.501.230 141
562.001 67 572.050 78 576.501.240 137
562.002 67 572.051 79 576.501.241 137
562.003 67 572.052 79 576.502.011 133
562.004 67 572.054 30 577.001.002 127
562.011 29 572.055 30 577.001.023 31
562.012 29 572.065 7 577.001.033 31
562.015 32 573.013.103 49 577.001.035 78, 82, 83
562.017 32 573.013.301 49 577.001.036 78, 82, 83
567.005.004 145 576.500.004.A 127 577.001.037 78, 82, 83
567.007.008 145 576.500.004.T 127 577.001.038 78, 82, 83
567.007.009 145 576.500.009.A 127 577.002.002 28
568.001.002 145 576.500.009.T 127 577.002.003 28
568.001.007 49, 145 576.501.001 133 577.002.007 28
568.001.008 145 576.501.002 133 577.002.008 28
568.001.018 78 576.501.003 133 577.800.005 31
568.800.003 31 576.501.005.A 130 577.800.011 31
568.800.004 31 576.501.005.T 130 577.800.035 31
568.800.033 31 576.501.012 141 577.800.041 31
568.800.034 31 576.501.013 103, 133 584.002.001 146
569.001.007 145 576.501.016.A 130 592.001.005 99
571.082 89 576.501.016.T 130 592.001.010 99

INDEX
592.001.011 99 PS-1219 62
592.001.012 99 PS-12240 62
592.001.014 99 PS-1230 62
592.001.016 99 PS-12380 62
592.001.018 99 PS-1242 62
599.001.012 57 PS-12650 62
599.047.005 35 PS-1270 62
599.047.006 35 PS-610 62
599.047.007 35 PS-6100 62
599.047.008 35 PS-612 62
599.047.011 35 PS-630 62
599.047.012 35 PS-640 62
599.047.013 35 PSV001 39
599.047.014 35 PSV008 39
599.047.015 35 PSV009 39
599.047.016 35 PSV010 39
599.047.018 35 PSV011 39
599.047.019 35 PSV012 39
599.047.020 35 PSV013 39
599.047.021 35 ROSHRDSR 136
599.047.022 35
599.047.023 35
599.047.024 35
599.047.030 35
599.047.031 35
599.047.032 35
599.047.033 35
599.048.001 147
599.048.002 147
599.048.003 147
599.048.005 147
599.048.006 147
599.048.009 147
599.048.010 147
599.048.020 147
599.048.022 147
599.048.023 147
599.048.024 147
599.048.032 147
599.048.034 147
599.048.035 147
609.001.015 145
659.001.022 28
70-133 120
90-107 121
90-110 120
920450 112
95-131 121
960673 121
960684 121
960687 121
AM2801/000 73
PBMX01 39
PBMX01E 39
PS-1212 62
PS-12120 62
PS-12170 62

TYCO-Fire Detection Catalog-Issue 5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TYCO-Fire Detection Catalog-Issue 5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Introduction

Our web site can be found at www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com

To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of product

23 MX Panel User Interface Modules

Page 2 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 3

Page 4 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 5

MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000

• PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply and

Page 6 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Battery & Expansion/Housings

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 7

Page 8 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Black Box Panels

Technical Specification Product Codes

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 9

MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection Panel

Page 10 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

T2000 Marine Repeater

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 11

chassis plate holds:

Page 12 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Zettler Expert Repeaters

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 13

MX Detection Panels - Technical Specifications & System Schematics

Shallow Housing Flush Shallow Housing Deep Housing Marine

Colour (Modules) Pantone 431C

MX2 Detection Panels Technical Specification

Page 14 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

DESIGNER HOUSING SCHEMATIC

MAIN PANEL HOUSING XBus

BATTERY & EXPANSION HOUSING Remote bus up to 15 addresses a combination of

PC MODEM 24Vdc ANN881

17AH OR 38AH 17AH OR 38AH

MAIN PANEL HOUSING FRONT DOOR

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 15

• Full alarm and fault monitoring for up to 1000

CPU Expert Central Processor

Technical Specification Product Codes

Page 16 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

Technical Specification Product Codes

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 17

MX Loop Expansion Module

Technical Specification Product Codes

Page 18 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

The MPM800 is mounted by plugging directly onto the

Technical Specification Product Codes

Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 19

PSM800 and PSB800 Power Supplies

Technical Specification Product Codes

Page 20 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX2 Power Supply Units

Technical Specification Product Codes

FB800 Fuse Board

The FB800 fuse board provides Technical Specification Product Code

IOB Input/Output Expansion Board

TUD800 German Transmission Unit

The TUD800 is a VdS approved* Technical Specification Product Code

MX-FIL Filnet Gateway

The Filnet Gateway is an EN54 Vds Power Consumption: Product Code

Page 22 Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006

MX Panel User Interface Modules